Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
Installation Manual
Record of Revisions
Rev. No. Issue Date Insertion Date Initials
Original 8 July 2014 8 July 2014 UASC
1 1 August 2014 1 August 2014 UASC
Retain this record in front of the manual. Upon receipt of revision, insert and remove pages
according to the List of Effective Pages. Then enter on this page the revision number, issue date,
insertion date and your initials.
Page ROR-1
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Retain this record in the front of this manual. Upon receipt of a Temporary Change, insert pages into
manual and enter the Temporary Change number, issue date, insertion date and your initials. Also,
record the removal of each temporary change.
Page ROTC-1
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Retain this record in the front of this manual. Upon receipt of a Temporary Change, insert pages into
manual and enter the Temporary Change number, issue date, insertion date and your initials. Also,
record the removal of each temporary change.
Page ROR-2
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page LOEP-1
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE
*134 1 Aug/14 239 8 Jul/14
*135 1 Aug/14 240 8 Jul/14
*136 1 Aug/14 Installation And 301 8 Jul/14
*137 1 Aug/14 Wiring 302 8 Jul/14
*138 1 Aug/14 303 8 Jul/14
*139 1 Aug/14 304 8 Jul/14
*140 1 Aug/14 305 8 Jul/14
*141 1 Aug/14 306 8 Jul/14
*142 1 Aug/14 307 8 Jul/14
*143 1 Aug/14 308 8 Jul/14
*144 1 Aug/14 309 8 Jul/14
310 8 Jul/14
Equipment 201 8 Jul/14 311 8 Jul/14
Specifications 202 8 Jul/14 312 8 Jul/14
203 8 Jul/14 313 8 Jul/14
204 8 Jul/14 314 8 Jul/14
205 8 Jul/14 315 8 Jul/14
206 8 Jul/14 316 8 Jul/14
207 8 Jul/14 317 8 Jul/14
208 8 Jul/14 318 8 Jul/14
209 8 Jul/14 319 8 Jul/14
210 8 Jul/14 320 8 Jul/14
211 8 Jul/14 321 8 Jul/14
212 8 Jul/14 322 8 Jul/14
213 8 Jul/14 323 8 Jul/14
214 8 Jul/14 324 8 Jul/14
215 8 Jul/14 325 8 Jul/14
216 8 Jul/14 326 8 Jul/14
217 8 Jul/14 327 8 Jul/14
218 8 Jul/14 328 8 Jul/14
219 8 Jul/14 329 8 Jul/14
220 8 Jul/14 330 8 Jul/14
221 8 Jul/14 331 8 Jul/14
222 8 Jul/14 332 8 Jul/14
223 8 Jul/14 333 8 Jul/14
224 8 Jul/14 334 8 Jul/14
225 8 Jul/14 335 8 Jul/14
226 8 Jul/14 336 8 Jul/14
227 8 Jul/14 337 8 Jul/14
228 8 Jul/14 338 8 Jul/14
229 8 Jul/14 339 8 Jul/14
230 8 Jul/14 340 8 Jul/14
231 8 Jul/14 341 8 Jul/14
232 8 Jul/14 342 8 Jul/14
233 8 Jul/14 343 8 Jul/14
234 8 Jul/14 344 8 Jul/14
235 8 Jul/14 345 8 Jul/14
236 8 Jul/14 346 8 Jul/14
237 8 Jul/14 347 8 Jul/14
238 8 Jul/14 348 8 Jul/14
Page LOEP-2
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE
349 8 Jul/14 517 8 Jul/14
350 8 Jul/14 518 8 Jul/14
351 8 Jul/14 519 8 Jul/14
352 8 Jul/14 520 8 Jul/14
353 8 Jul/14 521 8 Jul/14
354 8 Jul/14 522 8 Jul/14
355 8 Jul/14 523 8 Jul/14
356 8 Jul/14 524 8 Jul/14
357 8 Jul/14 525 8 Jul/14
358 8 Jul/14 526 8 Jul/14
359 8 Jul/14 527 8 Jul/14
360 8 Jul/14 528 8 Jul/14
361 8 Jul/14 529 8 Jul/14
362 8 Jul/14 530 8 Jul/14
363 8 Jul/14 531 8 Jul/14
364 8 Jul/14 532 8 Jul/14
365 8 Jul/14 533 8 Jul/14
366 8 Jul/14 534 8 Jul/14
367 8 Jul/14 535 8 Jul/14
368 8 Jul/14 536 8 Jul/14
369 8 Jul/14 537 8 Jul/14
370 8 Jul/14 538 8 Jul/14
371 8 Jul/14 539 8 Jul/14
372 8 Jul/14 540 8 Jul/14
373 8 Jul/14 541 8 Jul/14
374 8 Jul/14 542 8 Jul/14
375 8 Jul/14 543 8 Jul/14
376 8 Jul/14 544 8 Jul/14
377 8 Jul/14 545 8 Jul/14
378 8 Jul/14 546 8 Jul/14
547 8 Jul/14
System Data 401 8 Jul/14 548 8 Jul/14
Installation 549 8 Jul/14
550 8 Jul/14
Maintenance, 501 8 Jul/14 551 8 Jul/14
Checkout, and 502 8 Jul/14 552 8 Jul/14
Troubleshooting 503 8 Jul/14 553 8 Jul/14
504 8 Jul/14 554 8 Jul/14
505 8 Jul/14 555 8 Jul/14
506 8 Jul/14 556 8 Jul/14
507 8 Jul/14 557 8 Jul/14
508 8 Jul/14 558 8 Jul/14
509 8 Jul/14 559 8 Jul/14
510 8 Jul/14 560 8 Jul/14
511 8 Jul/14 561 8 Jul/14
512 8 Jul/14 562 8 Jul/14
513 8 Jul/14 563 8 Jul/14
514 8 Jul/14 564 8 Jul/14
515 8 Jul/14 565 8 Jul/14
516 8 Jul/14 566 8 Jul/14
Page LOEP-3
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
567 8 Jul/14
568 8 Jul/14
569 8 Jul/14
570 8 Jul/14
571 8 Jul/14
572 8 Jul/14
573 8 Jul/14
574 8 Jul/14
575 8 Jul/14
576 8 Jul/14
Page LOEP-4
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Table of Contents
Record of Revisions ........................................................................................................ 1
Record of Temporary Revisions ..................................................................................... 1
List of Effective Pages .................................................................................................... 1
Table of Contents ............................................................................................................ 1
Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 1
Makeup and Use of This Manual .....................................................................................................1
Application .................................................................................................................................1
Organization ...............................................................................................................................2
Abbreviations and Terminology ......................................................................................................2
Contact Information .........................................................................................................................2
Description and Operation .............................................................................................. 1
Description .......................................................................................................................................1
General .......................................................................................................................................1
System Components...................................................................................................................7
System Interfaces .....................................................................................................................11
FMS Components ....................................................................................................................13
FMS Functions .........................................................................................................................18
Operation........................................................................................................................................25
General .....................................................................................................................................25
Flat Panel Control Display Unit ...............................................................................................25
Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100) ................................................................................................28
Solid State Data Transfer Unit .................................................................................................28
EFIS Radar Panel (ERP) ..........................................................................................................31
FAA Approval ............................................................................................................ 101
General .........................................................................................................................................101
Applicable TSOs ....................................................................................................................101
Applicable Advisory Circulars...............................................................................................102
Reference Documents ............................................................................................................103
Universal Avionics Publications and Documents ..................................................................103
TSO Deviations ......................................................................................................................105
Non-TSO Functions ...............................................................................................................108
Installation Procedures and Limitations .................................................................................108
Page TOC-1
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Software Criticality ......................................................................................................................109
Airborne Electronic Hardware .....................................................................................................111
Instructions for Continuous Airworthiness ..................................................................................112
General Information ...............................................................................................................112
Airworthiness Limitations .....................................................................................................112
Environmental Qualification Forms ............................................................................................113
Sample Airplane Flight Manual ...................................................................................................129
Equipment Specifications ........................................................................................... 201
Equipment Identification..............................................................................................................201
UNS-1Lw FMS Equipment ...................................................................................................201
Compatible Peripheral Equipment .........................................................................................202
Technical Manuals .................................................................................................................203
UNS-1Lw Part Number Matrix..............................................................................................204
Configuration Module ............................................................................................................204
5-Inch FPCDU Part Number Matrix ......................................................................................204
4-Inch FPCDU (P/N 1117-XX) Part Number Matrix ............................................................205
4-Inch FPCDU (P/N 1117-X-XXX) Part Number Matrix .....................................................205
Multifunction Control Display Unit (MCDU) Part Number Matrix......................................205
Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100) Part Number Matrix .............................................................206
Portable Data Transfer Unit (PDTU-100) Part Number Matrix ............................................206
Solid State Data Transfer Unit Part Number Matrix .............................................................206
Portable SSDTU Part Number Matrix ...................................................................................206
UNS-1Lw Part Number Configuration ..................................................................................207
Power Specifications ....................................................................................................................209
Equipment Specifications ............................................................................................................210
UNS-1Lw FMS ......................................................................................................................210
5-Inch FPCDU .......................................................................................................................210
4-Inch FPCDU .......................................................................................................................210
LPV Monitor ..........................................................................................................................211
DTU-100 ................................................................................................................................211
SSDTU ...................................................................................................................................211
Portable SSDTU.....................................................................................................................212
GPS/SBAS Antenna...............................................................................................................213
GPS/SBAS Sirius Antenna ....................................................................................................214
GPS/SBAS XM Weather and Radio Antenna .......................................................................215
Page TOC-2
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
WAAS FMS Annunciators ....................................................................................................216
Installation Kits ............................................................................................................................218
UNS-1Lw Installation Kit ......................................................................................................218
4-Inch and 5-Inch FPCDU Installation Kit ............................................................................218
DTU-100 Installation Kit .......................................................................................................219
Portable DTU-100 Installation Kit .........................................................................................219
SSDTU Installation Kit ..........................................................................................................220
Portable SSDTU Installation Kit ...........................................................................................220
GPS 10708 Antenna Installation Kit......................................................................................221
GPS 10709/10710 Antenna Installation Kit ..........................................................................221
Required Tools .............................................................................................................................222
Crimping Tools Required ......................................................................................................222
Pin Insertion/Extraction Tools Required ...............................................................................222
Insertion/Extraction Tool Manufacturers .....................................................................................223
Wire and Cable Manufacturers ....................................................................................................223
Alternate Part Vendors .................................................................................................................224
Equipment Drawings ...................................................................................................................225
UNS-1Lw ...............................................................................................................................225
UNS-1Lw 2MCU Rack ..........................................................................................................226
Configuration Module ............................................................................................................227
Configuration Module Installation .........................................................................................227
5-Inch FPCDU .......................................................................................................................228
4-Inch FPCDU .......................................................................................................................230
LPV Monitor ..........................................................................................................................234
LPV Monitor 2MCU Rack.....................................................................................................235
DTU-100 ................................................................................................................................236
SSDTU ...................................................................................................................................237
GPS/SBAS Antenna 10708....................................................................................................238
GPS/SBAS Sirius Antenna 10709 .........................................................................................239
GPS/SBAS XM Weather and Radio Antenna 10710 ............................................................240
Installation and Wiring ............................................................................................... 301
General .........................................................................................................................................301
Form – Dimensions and Communications .............................................................................301
Sensor/Equipment Compatibility/Selection ...........................................................................301
Electrical Connectors .............................................................................................................307
Page TOC-3
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Remote Annunciators.............................................................................................................307
FMS Mounting .......................................................................................................................307
GPS (WAAS) Antenna Mounting .........................................................................................307
Solid State Data Transfer Unit ...............................................................................................310
FMS Interfaces ............................................................................................................................312
Analog Inputs .........................................................................................................................312
Discrete Inputs .......................................................................................................................314
Digital Inputs..........................................................................................................................315
Analog Outputs ......................................................................................................................318
Discrete Outputs.....................................................................................................................320
Digital Outputs .......................................................................................................................322
Pin Assignment ...........................................................................................................................325
UNS-1Lw – All Digital ..........................................................................................................325
UNS-1Lw – ASCB Version A ...............................................................................................330
UNS-1Lw – Analog ...............................................................................................................335
5-Inch FPCDU .......................................................................................................................340
4-Inch FPCDU .......................................................................................................................341
LPV Monitor .........................................................................................................................343
SSDTU ...................................................................................................................................344
DTU-100 ................................................................................................................................345
UNS-1Lw Wiring ........................................................................................................................346
Power and Configuration Module ..........................................................................................347
Dual WAAS FMS – Analog Configuration ..........................................................................348
Dual WAAS FMS – Digital Configuration ...........................................................................350
Dual WAAS FMS – EFI-890R Digital Configuration ..........................................................352
LPV Monitor Power Installation ............................................................................................353
Single WAAS FMS – Analog Configuration to LPV Monitor ..............................................354
Single WAAS FMS – Digital Configuration to LPV Monitor ..............................................355
Single WAAS FMS Analog/Digital Configuration to LPV Monitor ....................................356
4-Inch FPCDU without Video and Graphics .........................................................................358
4-Inch FPCDU with Video and Graphics ..............................................................................359
Dual 4-Inch FPCDU (without Video and Graphics) ..............................................................360
Dual 4-Inch FPCDU with Video and Graphics......................................................................361
Single 5-Inch FPCDU ............................................................................................................363
Dual 5-Inch FPCDU...............................................................................................................364
Page TOC-4
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
DTU-100 ................................................................................................................................366
Portable DTU .........................................................................................................................367
SSDTU ...................................................................................................................................368
SSDTU Installation and DTU-100 Retrofit ...........................................................................369
Portable SSDTU.....................................................................................................................370
Portable SSDTU (Portable DTU-100 Retrofit)......................................................................371
Fuel Flow and Roll Steering ..................................................................................................372
Heading and Radio Tune........................................................................................................373
Analog Configuration ............................................................................................................374
ARINC Input Ports.................................................................................................................375
ARINC Output Ports ..............................................................................................................376
Discrete Inputs .......................................................................................................................377
Discrete Outputs.....................................................................................................................378
ASCB Version A....................................................................................................................379
System Data Installation ............................................................................................. 401
Maintenance, Checkout and Troubleshooting ............................................................ 501
Maintenance .................................................................................................................................501
Installation Checkout ...................................................................................................................502
Ground Test Plan ...................................................................................................................502
Flight Test Plan ......................................................................................................................515
Operational Checkout ..................................................................................................................533
CDU/FMS Self-Test ..............................................................................................................533
CDU Keyboard and Display Offset .......................................................................................537
FMS Configuration Verification ............................................................................................537
Static Test...............................................................................................................................538
Interface Checkout .......................................................................................................................540
HSI Test .................................................................................................................................540
Winds Display (EFIS Only) ...................................................................................................540
DME Interface Test ................................................................................................................540
VOR Test (without RRS) .......................................................................................................541
DTU-100 Test ........................................................................................................................541
SSDTU Test ...........................................................................................................................542
Approach Mode .....................................................................................................................543
Sensor Checkout ..........................................................................................................................544
IRS .........................................................................................................................................544
Page TOC-5
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
GPIRS ....................................................................................................................................544
LORAN C ..............................................................................................................................545
GPS1 ......................................................................................................................................545
WAAS1 ..................................................................................................................................545
UASC Radio Reference Sensor .............................................................................................546
Air Data ..................................................................................................................................546
Fuel Flow ...............................................................................................................................546
GPIRS Checkout ....................................................................................................................547
UASC GPS Checkout ............................................................................................................552
GPS/WAAS Checkout .................................................................................................................559
FMS Power On Self-Test – Initialization and LPV Annunciation Test.................................559
GPS/WAAS Sensor Evaluation .............................................................................................559
WAAS Flight Plan with LPV Approach ................................................................................560
CDU Display of RNP/ANP....................................................................................................561
GPS/WAAS Dynamic Test ....................................................................................................561
WAAS Antenna Offsets Test .................................................................................................564
Troubleshooting ...........................................................................................................................566
Self-Test .................................................................................................................................567
System Failure Messages .......................................................................................................568
Database Update Error Messages...........................................................................................577
Configuration Verification .....................................................................................................578
FMS Self-Test Output Checkout ...........................................................................................579
FMS Output to HSI Checkout................................................................................................579
DIST/GS Checkout ................................................................................................................579
HSI From Checkout ...............................................................................................................579
DIST/BRG Checkout .............................................................................................................579
Roll Steering Checkout ..........................................................................................................580
Input of a Selected Crosstrack Checkout ...............................................................................580
DME Checkout ......................................................................................................................580
Winds Display Checkout .......................................................................................................580
Sensor Checkout ....................................................................................................................580
Navigation Systems .................................................................................................... 601
Fuel Flow Inputs ......................................................................................................... 701
Page TOC-6
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Introduction
1. Makeup and Use of this Manual
A. Application
This Technical Manual for the UNS-1Lw is applicable to the components and software
control numbers (SCN) noted below. The SCN is printed on the component data label. The
“w” reference in the FMS name implies that these FMS systems are combined with the
Satellite Based Area Augmentation System (SBAS) subsystem.
This Technical Manual is used for installation and basic wiring. Refer to the SBAS FMS SCN
1001/1101 Interface Manual, Report No. 34-60-71 for wiring diagrams covering specific
installations. Refer to the SBAS FMS SCN 1001/1101 Configuration Manual, Report No. 34-
61-02, for detailed FMS/MMMS software configuration instructions.
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System, P/Ns 3116-X2-X11X and 3116-32-X11XM
Configuration Module, P/N 31921
5-Inch FPCDU, P/N 1018-X-XXX using SCN 10.X and later SCN
4-Inch FPCDU, P/N 1117-XX or 1117-X-XXX using SCN 20.X and later SCN
LPV Monitor, P/N 3116-52-1110, PAS SCN 10.3 and later
NOTE: When an LPV Monitor is used in conjunction with a SBAS FMS to provide
precision approach functions, the Precision Approach Software (PAS) SCN
must be the same for both the SBAS FMS and LPV Monitor. The PAS SCN
is indicated on the identification plate of both components.
Data Transfer Unit DTU-100 (Iomega ZIP Drive), P/N 1406-01-0X, 1407-01-0X
Solid State Data Transfer Unit, P/Ns 1408-00-X, 1409-00-2
The following table shows the allowable combinations of UNS-1Lw FMS part
numbers and SCNs:
UNS-1Lw Software Control Numbers (SCN)
FMS/MMMS
Part No. 1001.X 1101.X 1101.XM
3116-32-X11X
3116-42-X11X
3116-32-X11XM
NOTE: Refer to the UNS-1Lw part number matrix in the Equipment Specifications section of this
manual for a detailed explanation of the part numbers.
Page Intro-1
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
B. Organization
This Technical Manual provides the information about:
(1) Description and operation of the components of the UNS-1Lw Flight Management
System.
(2) FAA Approval including Environmental Qualification Forms.
(3) Equipment Specifications to support selection of compatible peripherals and planning
for the installation of UNS-1Lw components.
(4) Detailed installation and wiring requirements.
(5) Maintenance, Checkout and Troubleshooting of the UNS-1Lw and peripheral sensors
as well as outputs from the UNS-1Lw to the Flight Guidance System.
(6) Navigation Sensors – where to find scheduled outages and current status of long-range
navigation systems.
(7) Fuel Flow Inputs to the UNS-1Lw for various sensors.
2. Abbreviations and Terminology
This manual contains no abbreviations or terms that have varying interpretations in the
industry. However, the use of are 1001.X and 1101.X used to indicate passages that may be
applicable to one or more, but not all SCNs. Some components have multiple names that are
used interchangeably. The terms FMS and UNS-1Lw are used to refer to the Flight
Management System and Multi-Mission Management System. The exception to this is if the
product, part number or multi-mission is specifically required.
The terms FPCDU and CDU refer to the 5-Inch FPCDU, P/N 1018-X-XXX and the 4-Inch
FPCDU, P/N 1117-XX or 1117-X-XXX. Part numbers refer to specific configurations of a
component. An X in a part number indicates there are several variations of the part number.
The front panel of the FPCDU contains an array of push buttons or keys that are used to
operate the system. Instructions in this manual refer to specific keys by name, for example
[ENTER], [A], etc.
Throughout this manual reference is made to the "DTU-100" and "disk". The term “disk”
used herein now refers to any of the data storage devices (Zip disk, USB or SD) and the term
“DTU” will be used to refer to either the DTU-100 or SSDTU.
Procedures in this manual and displayed on the FMS will still use the term “DISK” and will
remain unchanged regardless of the data storage device being used.
3. Contact Information
Please submit comments, suggestions, errors or other concerns about this manual to our
Technical Publications Department at techpubs@uasc.com.
To order copies or request changes in address and distribution information, contact
info@uasc.com.
For technical questions, please contact customersupport@uasc.com.
Page Intro-2
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 1
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
The FMS accepts position information from up to five long-range navigation sensors as well
as a VOR, TACAN, or scanning DME sensor. The data from these sensors is used to
determine the best computed position. This position is used by the FMS for navigating the
aircraft along a programmed flight plan. Flight plans are created using the navigation
database. The database locates waypoints along an entered route and combines these
waypoints to form a flight plan.
Current capability includes lateral great circle and vertical navigational guidance and display,
from aircraft departure to arrival. This includes enroute as well as terminal and approach
capabilities that are integrated with real time fuel management monitoring data. An
incorporated Radar/Multi-Function Display (MFD) interface allows selection and display of
flight plan waypoints on compatible weather radar or MFD displays.
Both the computed and raw sensor data are output for display to the flight crew on the CDU.
Flight Guidance system installations, switching and pilot annunciations are streamlined, as
all output data comes from one source, the FMS, which represents all interfaced sensors.
Each type of navigation sensor has unique capabilities and functions. The type and number of
sensors can be tailored to optimize for specific operational requirements using Loran C
(LCS), GPS, GNSS and laser- or gyro-referenced inertial navigation sensors. VOR and
TACAN receivers are optional for either enroute navigation or as an approach reference. The
system also accepts data from a Radio Reference Sensor (RRS) in lieu of
DME/VOR/TACAN receivers. The FMS also has the ability to tune and receive data from
communication and navigation radios. The user may tune commands to COM (3), NAV (2),
ADF (2), ATC, or TAC radios depending on the configuration.
The FMS receives true airspeed (TAS) and altitude information from an air data computer.
The system supports only digital air data inputs. The FMS receives fuel flow data from the
aircraft fuel flow sensors, and optionally, heading data from an analog gyro.
The fuel management function of the FMS accepts input from the aircraft fuel flow sensors
as well as information supplied by the pilot. It uses this data to continuously update and
display fuel management information during flight. This also assists the pilot in planning fuel
requirements while on the ground.
The FMS may contain up to six databases: navigation, company route, checklists,
performance, pilot-defined, and FMS flight plan. All databases can be updated via a Data
Transfer Unit (DTU). This DTU is housed within a protective case that may be panel
mounted in the cockpit for convenient access. The FMS will have the ability to store two
cycles of the Navigation and Company Routes databases.
A self-contained worldwide NAV database stored in non-volatile memory provides the FMS
with information on over 100,000 waypoints, navaids, airports, and over 12,000 SIDs,
STARs and approaches. The operator may choose from a worldwide database with airport
runways of >2000 feet or >4000 feet. A special helicopter database is available for helicopter
operators.
Page 2
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
The pilot-defined database is stored in nonvolatile memory. It has the capacity to store up to
200 pilot-defined enroute waypoints, 200 pilot-defined routes and 100 each pilot-defined
enroute alignment points, airport reference points, runways, and approaches. The system will
store 100 average-size, pilot-entered SIDs and STARs as well. The FMS flight plan database
is erased when the FMS is turned off.
The FMS supports the checklist function as an external FMS in the Collins ProLine 4 800
avionics system. The user generates the checklist data on a personal computer (PC) program,
loads it into the FMS, and maintains it. The checklist database and the status information on
the active checklist reside in nonvolatile memory. Aircraft configured for the advanced
performance feature require an aircraft specific database that contains the data pertinent to
their operation.
Along with all the features of the FMS, the MMMS provides the capability to automatically
steer along any of seven different search patterns. The MMMS is referred to as FMS herein.
Refer to the applicable Operator's Manual, Special Missions section for more information on
the MMMS search patterns.
The FMS is configured to a specific aircraft installation through a configuration module
which is part of each aircraft installation. At the time of installation, the configuration
module is programmed through the CDU to define the sensor input ports, fuel flow type, air
data type, EFIS interface, etc.
Page 3
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Single FMS Installation Description
The FMS computes position and provides selected information to the associated flight
instruments and sensor control to all sensors. The FMS houses an internal database that
includes charted data from suppliers such as Jeppesen and pilot input data such as routes and
approaches.
NOTE: Single FMS installations not utilizing an LPV Monitor, will not provide approach
functions.
NOTE: The block diagram illustrates the various types of inputs and outputs to and from
the FMS. The actual set of inputs and outputs in any particular installation is
dependent on the suite of avionics equipment on the aircraft.
FPCDU
Video
DATA NAV VNAV DTO LIST PREV 1 2 3
FUEL FPL PERF TUNE MENU NEXT 4 5 6
A B C D E F G 7 8 9
H I J K L M N BACK 0 MSG
OF
/N
F
O P Q R S T DIM
U V W X Y Z ENTER
MFD
Vision-1
TAWS
Cabin Display
GPS/SBAS ASU
Antenna Configuration
Module UniLink
Internal UniVision
GPS/SBAS
GPS/GNSS
IRS or GPIRS
Radar
Doppler
Display
UNIVERSAL FGS
UNS-1Lw FMS
Air Data
AFIS
Fuel Flow
TACAN
VOR
DME
UNIVERSAL
SSDTU
Page 4
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Dual SBAS FMS Installation Description
In dual installations, each FMS communicates with the other, sharing flight plan and
navigational information. Typically, in dual FMS installations, all long-range navigation
sensors are interfaced with both units. Each FMS computes an independent position using all
available navigational sensors and provides selected information to the associated flight
instruments. Each FMS shares its best best-computed position with the other system and
continuously monitors the other system's position output.
NOTE: The block diagram shows the various types of inputs and outputs to and from the
FMS. The actual set of inputs and outputs in any particular installation is dependent
on the suite of avionics equipment on the aircraft.
FPCDU FPCDU
Video
DATA NAV VNAV DTO LIST PREV 1 2 3 DATA NAV VNAV DTO LIST PREV 1 2 3
FUEL FPL PERF TUNE MENU NEXT 4 5 6 FUEL FPL PERF TUNE MENU NEXT 4 5 6
A B C D E F G 7 8 9 A B C D E F G 7 8 9
H I J K L M N BACK 0 MSG H I J K L M N BACK 0 MSG
OF
/N
F
O P Q R S T
OF
/N
F
DIM
O P Q R S T DIM
U V W X Y Z ENTER U V W X Y Z ENTER
MFD
Vision-1
TAWS
Cabin Display
GPS/SBAS ASU
GPS/SBAS
Antenna Configuration Configuration Antenna
Module UniLink Module
Internal Internal
GPS/SBAS UniVision GPS/SBAS
GPS/GNSS
IRS or GPIRS
Radar
Doppler
Display
UNIVERSAL UNIVERSAL
UNS-1Lw FMS UNS-1L FMS
FGS
Air Data
AFIS
UNS-1Lw UNS-1Lw
NCU Fuel Flow NCU
TACAN
VOR
DME
or
RRS
UNIVERSAL
SSDTU
Page 5
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Single SBAS FMS with LPV Monitor Installation Description
The use of an LPV Monitor is an optional feature that can be used in an aircraft with a single
SBAS FMS that requires LPV capability but may not have room for a second SBAS FMS.
The LPV Monitor operates without a CDU or configuration module. The LPV Monitor
functions as an independent sensor in which redundant equipment is required to meet the
integrity goals for precision approach types. The LPV Monitor has its own GPS/SBAS sensor
that can be wired and configured as a second GPS sensor with the single FMS.
NOTE: The block diagram illustrates the various types of inputs and outputs to and from
the FMS. The actual set of inputs and outputs in any particular installation is
dependent on the suite of avionics equipment on the aircraft.
FPCDU
Video
DATA NAV VNAV DTO LIST PREV 1 2 3
FUEL FPL PERF TUNE MENU NEXT 4 5 6
A B C D E F G 7 8 9
H I J K L M N BACK 0 MSG
OF
/N
F
O P Q R S T DIM
U V W X Y Z ENTER
MFD
Configuration Vision-1
Internal Module
GPS/SBAS TAWS
Internal
GPS/SBAS Cabin Display
ASU
GPS/SBAS GPS/SBAS
ANTENNA ANTENNA
UniLink
UniVision
GPS/GNSS
IRS or GPIRS
Radar
Doppler
Air Data
AFIS
VOR
DME
UNIVERSAL
SSDTU
Page 6
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
B. System Components
The basic UNS-1Lw installation consists of the FMS (containing the navigation computer
and GPS/SBAS sensor), Control Display Unit (CDU), configuration module, Data Transfer
Unit and a GPS/SBAS antenna.
(1) Flight Management System (FMS), P/N 3116–X2–X11X
The UNS-1Lw FMS is an ARINC 600, 2MCU size, remotely mounted unit which
houses the system’s central processing unit (CPU), the navigation sensor interface
circuits, the flight guidance system interface, fuel flow interface, and the navigation
database. The unit processes data from DME, TACAN, VOR, Air data, Fuel Flow
and up to five long-range navigation sensors. A radar joystick input can also be
accommodated. The long-range Nav sensors act in addition to the multi-channel
scanning DME and VOR sensing capability integrated into the basic circuit.
At installation, the system is configured with the number and type of long-range
navigation sensors that will optimize the FMS to the aircraft’s specific requirements.
The FMS can be removed from the aircraft rack without loss of the database memory.
The FMS is available in different sensor compatibility configurations with five
optional fuel flow configurations: analog (ac or dc), digital (pulse or frequency), and
ARINC 429 digital. It incorporates an Ethernet connection for transfer of data to
Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS), Application Server Unit (ASU) as well
as future systems.
(2) Configuration Module, P/N 31921
The configuration module is a serially connected EEPROM designed to store
configuration data that is specific to the aircraft installation, The EEPROM is
attached to the FMS mounting rack. The user is able to view and initialize the aircraft
configuration through specially designed menus that can be accessed through the
CDU. Subsequent modifications to the configuration are possible but restricted
through software interlocks. The Configuration Module receives and transmits data to
the FMS via private serial communications busses.
(3) Flat Panel Control Display Unit
The UNS-1Lw can use a 5-Inch FPCDU or a 4-Inch FPCDU for the primary and
remote displays.
The CDU provides the operator with all the controls necessary to communicate with
the navigation computer and all associated navigation sensors. The CDU allows
manual data entry, system mode selection, computed and raw data displays, control
(selection and deselection) of navigation sensors, and system message displays. The
CDU also provides remote control and tuning of the TACAN and aircraft radios with
the RTU installed. Certain annunciations concerning system and sensor faults are also
included in the CDU displays. The Configuration Module is programmed through the
CDU at installation.
Page 7
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
The CDU features a full alphanumeric keyboard. Keys for backspace, +/-,
ON/OFF/DIM, MSG, and ENTER are also provided. Five line select keys are located
on the left and right sides of the eleven-line display for cursor control and menu
selection. Below the display is a set of keys for operations control and data display.
These keys include mode keys for data display and selection (DATA), fuel
management (FUEL), lateral steering (NAV), vertical navigation (VNAV), flight
planning (FPL), access to performance data (PERF), direct-to operations (DTO) and
radio tuning functions (TUNE). In addition, special mode keys provide access to active
mode menus (MENU) and to lists of applicable items (LIST). Two operation keys
provide access the next and previous page of the active mode (NEXT and PREV).
The CDU supports data display on eleven lines with 24 characters each in two
different character sizes. Graphics displays for special photo, search and surveillance
flight patterns are presented, and are available for future graphic growth capabilities.
Mode selection and data organization is in a “chapter and page” format with menu
selections being made by the use of the mode select keys and/or “soft” line select
keys. This allows two levels of selections to exist on the same page (screen). Data is
always entered into the system at a cursor location, which is determined by the system
computer program, with certain operator-selected options.
The CDU receives all required power for operation from the FMS (with the exception
of 5 or 28 V keyboard backlighting which is provided from the aircraft dimmer bus).
(4) LPV Monitor, P/N 3116-52-1110
The LPV Monitor is an optional feature that can be used in an aircraft with a single
SBAS FMS that requires LPV capability but may not have room for a second SBAS
FMS. The LPV Monitor operates without a CDU or configuration module. The LPV
Monitor functions as an independent sensor in which redundant equipment is required
to meet the integrity goals for precision approach types. The LPV Monitor has its own
GPS/SBAS sensor that can be wired and configured as a second GPS sensor with the
single FMS.
(5) Data Transfer Unit (DTU), P/N 1406–( ), 1407–( )
The Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100) is an IOMEGA ZIP drive housed within a
protective case. Model 1406 may be panel mounted in the cockpit for convenient
access. Model 1407 consist of a DTU-100, housed in a portable carrying case. The
wire harness plugs into sockets mounted in the aircraft that are wired to the FMS. The
DTU-100 is used to update the navigation databases within minutes. The update is
contained on Zip disks that are distributed periodically to subscribers. Database
updates are loaded into the FMS over a 10base-T Ethernet connection from the DTU-
100. The DTU-100 receives power from the FMS and communicates directly with it
through a digital bus.
Page 8
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
The DTU-100 is also used to load aircraft specific performance data. The DTU-100
may also load pilot-defined flight plans and checklists created with off-line flight
planning software loaded into an IBM compatible computer. FMS in-flight data
parameters can be written to a disk utilizing the DTU-100. The Maintenance Log
stored in non-volatile memory also may be written to a disk. FMS configuration data
can be written to a disk and be loaded to another FMS to update its configuration
data.
(6) Solid State Data Transfer Unit (SSDTU), P/N 1408-( ), 1409-( )
The SSDTU is designed to replace the DTU-100 as a data upload and download
device interfacing with other Universal Avionics’ line replaceable units (LRU). The
SSDTU replaces ZIP disk technology with flash memory technology. Two accessible
data storage device ports are built into the faceplate of the SSDTU. These ports
support Universal Serial Bus (USB) and Secure Digital (SD) data storage devices and
function as disk drives. The SSDTU transfers data files between the selected data
storage device and other LRUs using an Ethernet bus.
The SSDTU has three serial digital buses that are each capable of receiving and
transmitting data. The first is a single EIA-485 (RS-422) bus which can be used to
exchange data between FMSs. The second is an Ethernet bus, which consists of an
eight port Ethernet switch used to exchange data with up to eight UASC Ethernet
network compatible LRUs such as the FMS, TAWS and Vision-1 systems. The
transfer rate to the client is the same or better than a DTU-100. The third is an EIA-
232 bus that provides access to the diagnostic interface.
The SSDTU is available in two models, the fixed installation model that is
permanently installed in the aircraft and the portable model which is carried into the
aircraft, attached to an interface connector, used, then disconnected and removed
prior to flight. The SSDTU is the same fit as a DTU-100, although using USB and SD
data storage devices allows more flexibility for SSDTU installations.
The functions of the discrete inputs that were used to enable or disable Ethernet or
EIA-485 data bus communications in the DTU-100 have been disabled in the
SSDTU. The functions are now enabled by software.
(7) EFIS Radar Panel, P/N 1015-1-XX (Lear 60 Pro Line 4 Installations only)
The EFIS Radar Panel (ERP) provides two knobs with push buttons and six buttons
for pilot control of various EFIS and RADAR functions of the Collins Pro Line 4
Avionics System. The ERP also receives pilot inputs from the Pro Line 4 Altitude
Awareness Panel (AAP) and the Pro Line 4 Course Heading Panel (CHP). All
pilot/user inputs are forwarded to the FMS navigation computer via a CSDB
interface. The FMS/ERP combination replaces the Collins CDU. The FMS becomes
the navigation control or External Navigator.
Page 9
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(8) GPS/SBAS Antennas
A GPS/SBAS antenna approved under TSO C190 must be installed for each SBAS
FMS system. There are three approved antennas to choose from: P/N 10708 GPS
antenna, P/N 10709 WAAS/Sirius Dual Element antenna and P/N 10710 SBAS
GPS/XM Dual Element antenna. If replacing an existing FMS system with a SBAS
FMS system, the antenna must be replaced with a TSO C190 approved antenna. None
of the previous antenna part numbers, 10705, 10706, etc., are compatible with the
SBAS FMS GPS.
The GPS antenna P/N 10708 is a single element antenna. The 10708 antenna has the
same footprint as the 10705 and 10706 antennas and can be directly replaced by the
10708 antenna without any modifications.
WAAS Sirius antenna P/N 10709 is a dual element antenna that can provide reception
for GPS/SBAS and WSI InFlight weather. This antenna is ideal for aircraft that have
limited locations for antennas. If The 10709 is used as a replacement for a previous
antenna installation, the 10709 has the same footprint as the 10705, 10706 and 10708
antennas, although modification to the aircraft is necessary to accommodate the dual
connectors. P/N 10709 is not a replacement for antenna P/N 10705 when used for
GLONASS.
GPS/XM antenna P/N 10710 is a dual element antenna that can provide reception for
GPS/SBAS and XM Weather and Radio. This antenna is ideal for aircraft that have
limited locations for antennas. If The 10710 is used as a replacement for a previous
antenna installation, the 10709 has the same footprint as the 10705, 10706 and 10708
antennas, although modification to the aircraft is necessary to accommodate the dual
connectors. P/N 10710 is not a replacement for antenna P/N 10705 when used for
GLONASS.
Page 10
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
C. System Interfaces
(1) Navigation Sensor Interface
The FMS is capable of interfacing with the following short-range sensors: DME,
Radio Reference Sensor (RRS), TACAN, and VOR radio inputs.
The FMS is also capable of interfacing with the following long-range sensors:
Doppler, LORAN C, Inertial Reference sensors, GPS, GPS aided Inertial Reference
System (GPIRS), GNSS, SBAS, and GPS Landing System (GLS).
(2) Fuel Flow Interface
The system is capable of accepting five types of fuel flow signals: DC, AC RMS
voltage, pulse width, pulse frequency, and digital.
• Analog DC fuel flow inputs will not exceed 12 Volts.
• AC RMS fuel flow inputs will be in the range of 0-8 VRMS.
• Pulse frequency fuel flows will have a scaling of 1-400.0 pph/Hz while pulse
width fuel flows will be in the range of 1-400.0 pph/msec.
• The required accuracy for pulse width and pulse frequency signals will be
sufficient to measure signals in the input range 1-800 msec or 1-2000 Hz with an
accuracy of 1%.
• Digital fuel flow may be received over a digital input bus.
(3) Auxiliary Power Unit Interface
Auxiliary power unit (APU) fuel flow is a configurable option on the FMS. The FMS
accepts automatic APU fuel flow signals and computes the APU fuel flow rate. The
FMS also accepts manual APU fuel information.
(4) Ethernet Interface
The FMS is capable of interfacing with an Avionics Local Area Network. The FMS
has an Ethernet controller that connects to a 10base-T twisted shielded pair cable.
(5) External Systems Management
The FMS external systems management function provides control of external systems
and manages the interface to external systems such as EFIS displays and integrated
data bus systems.
• The FMS interfaces with the Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS). The
FMS contains a configuration option that tells the FMS the source of the TAWS
user interface pages.
• The FMS interfaces with the Universal Cockpit Display (UCD) and Application
Server Unit (ASU). The FMS sends flight plan information to the UCD or ASU
via the FMS crossfill bus.
Page 11
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
• The FMS sends position, flight plan, and navigation information to Vision-1 via
the UNS HS429 output bus.
• The FMS provides the capability to configure the system for advanced
performance that will work with an aircraft specific database to provide take-off
reference speeds and engine limits, climb/cruise engine limits, and landing
reference speeds. This function is incorporated as a table driven series of
interpolations that use the charts from the AFM in a digitized form. The
performance database is stored in the FMS non-volatile memory.
The FMS provides the capability to compute and display Equal Time Point
information on the CDU. The Equal Time Point is computed as a point along the
entered flight plan where it will take an equal amount of time to fly direct to
either of the two pilot-specified enroute alternate airports.
The FMS provides the capability to compute and display Point-of-No-Return
information on the CDU. The Point-of-No-Return is computed as a point along
the entered flight plan where the fuel remaining is equal to the amount of fuel
needed to fly directly back to a pilot-specified Coast Out airport with fuel
reserves.
(6) Radio Tuning
The FMS tunes the following radios: VHF NAV #1 and VHF NAV #2 (navigation);
VHF COM #1, VHF COM #2, and VHF COM #3 if installed (voice communication);
ADF #1 and ADF #2 (automatic direction finder); and ATC (air traffic control).
The FMS supports 25 kHz or 8.33 kHz tuning for the VHF COM radios.
For COM tuning, the FMS interfaces with both a Radio Tuning Unit and a Radio
Control Unit. COM radio tuning and feedback is accomplished via a CSDB interface.
Page 12
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(7) FlexPerf Trip Performance (P/N 3116-X2-311X)
If enabled, the FMS provide a FlexPerf trip performance function that will support the
following:
• Crew planning for aircraft performance in climb, cruise, and descent phases of
flight
• Computing the corresponding vertical trajectory and fuel consumption of the
airplane
• Updating the performance database based on actual aircraft performance
characteristics
The FMS provides the following features in planning the climb phase:
• IAS and MACH target speeds (manual entries
• Cruise altitude
• Default speed restriction of 250 IAS below 10,000 ft, modifiable by the crew
• Waypoint altitude constraints (at, at/above, at/below)
• Waypoint speed constraints as specified in SIDS procedures
• Wind forecast at each flight plan waypoint
• Average ambient air temperature in climb
The FMS provides the following features in planning the cruise phase:
• MACH or IAS target speed (manual entries)
• Multiple cruising altitudes
• Wind forecast at each flight plan waypoint
• Average ambient air temperature in cruise
The FMS provides the following features in planning the descent phase:
• MACH and IAS target speeds (manual entries)
• Default speed restriction of 250 IAS below 10,000 ft, modifiable by the crew
• Geometric descent path specified by waypoint altitude constraints
• Waypoint speed constraints as specified in STARS procedures
• Wind forecast at each flight plan waypoint
• Average ambient air temperature in descent
FlexPerf trip performance function features:
• Computes the aircraft trajectory for the complete flight plan, taking into account
the entered profiles and constraints. The minimum required entries for these
computations are Aircraft gross weight, fuel on board, cruise altitude.
• Recomputes after each modification is made by the crew and periodically at
intervals of one minute or less.
Page 13
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
• The accuracy target is 95% in total fuel burn at destination, excluding errors due
to discrepancies between forecast and actual atmospheric conditions.
• The FMS displays the altitude, speed, ETA, and fuel remaining computed at each
flight plan waypoint, as well as the top of climb and top of descent.
• The FMS annunciates when the computations detect that a climb altitude
constraint cannot be met.
• The FMS annunciates when the computations detect that a cruise altitude cannot
be reached due to limited climb rate, or because the flight plan distance is too
short to allow a cruise segment.
• The FMS annunciates when the fuel remaining at the destination is less than the
reserve fuel.
• Computes a climb segment and the top of climb whenever the aircraft altitude is
below the cruise altitude and VNAV PATH is not active.
• Computes a cruise segment except when VNAV PATH is already active.
• If the flight plan does not contain a destination airport, the FMS computes a
cruise segment to the last waypoint.
• If the flight plan contains a destination airport, but no other descent altitude
constraint is specified, the FMS considers the airport elevation to be the end of
descent constraint.
• The FMS completes computations within 15 seconds of a modification of the
flight plan.
• In synchronized operation, the FMS synchronizes all flight crew entries on the
CDU pertaining to the FlexPerf function between the left and right FMS.
(8) Airborne Flight Information System
The FMS AFIS mode supports interface with the Airborne Flight Information System
and provides support for remote messaging, terminal weather, winds aloft, and remote
flight plan services.
(9) UniLink
The FMS interfaces with an external UniLink unit that supports air-to-ground digital
data communications. The FMS provides the capability to request and load routes
through the UniLink interface.
The FMS requests winds for up to three flight levels for the enroute flight plan
waypoints from a ground service provider. When an uplinked message is received, the
FMS processes the uplinked message for errors, prior to further processing or subject
to loading. If any errors exist in the uplinked message, the FMS discards the
erroneous data and continues parsing the valid data.
After the winds data is processed for errors, the FMS stores the uplinked winds data
by altitude for each flight plan waypoint returned and allows the operator to load the
winds for a specific altitude into the flight plan.
Page 14
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
The FMS computes average winds for the enroute portion of the flight plan and
displays as an average head or tailwind component at each of the flight levels for
which uplinked winds data is available. The FMS provides an indication to the user
when an uplinked message is received and is usable. The FMS provides an indication
to the user when an uplinked message is received and is not valid.
The FMS transmits the FANS application data through the UniLink UL-80X interface.
The FMS displays a message to the crew when UniLink system status warrants crew
awareness.
(10) Multi-Mission
When set configured as a Multi-Mission system, the following set of special features
is enabled. These features together result in the system being identified as a Multi-
Mission Management System (MMMS), also referred to as Special Missions.
• Performing search patterns (Race Track, Sector Search, Rising Ladder, Expanding
Square, Border Patrol, Orbit and Arc)
• Marking a target
• Tracking target drift
• Switching to and from a monochrome display
• Erasing pilot data
The MMMS enables Airdrop support and Arc Search Pattern support when set in the
part of the Configuration Module inaccessible to the operator. The Airdrop and Arc
Search Pattern support is only available when the system is configured both as an
MMMS and has further been enabled in the part of the Configuration Module
inaccessible to the operator. The Arc Search Pattern has similar operation to the other
search patterns, but has restricted access due to its intended military purpose.
Airdrop (P/N 3116-32-X11X(M) with SCN 1101.X(M))
The MMMS allows the operator to input and edit airdrop procedures via the CDU
pages. Airdrop operations include Computed Airdrop Release Point (CARP), High
Altitude Release Point (HARP), and Very Low Altitude (VLA) airdrop operations.
The MMMS computes and outputs a Computed Air Release Point (CARP). The
CARP is the airborne point from which an aircraft releases an item in order to land on
a desired point of impact (PI).
The MMMS outputs lateral and vertical guidance to the following airdrop waypoints
in an airdrop procedure:
• IP (Initial Point)
• CARP (Computed Airdrop Release Point)
• EOR (end of Release)
Page 15
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(11) Display Systems
The FMS interfaces with many display systems. The FMS provides the capability to
display, remove, and limit the flight plan and map background data (e.g.,
display/remove missed approach legs, limit background waypoints, airports, and
navaids).
• ARINC 429 Display Systems.
The FMS interface with the Universal Avionics' EFI-890( ). This includes
Progress Data Block on 429 HS bus.
The FMS interfaces with the Sextant Integrated Modular System 100 V700
(IMS-01).
The FMS interfaces with the Honeywell Primus 1000 system in the following
configurations:
Receivers:
− IC600-01 (Lear 45)
− IC600-02 (Cessna Ultra, Cessna Bravo)
− IC600-03 (Cessna Excel)
− IC600-04 (Embraer 145)
− IC600-05 (Cessna Ultra II)
− IC600-06 (Cessna Bravo II)
Transmitters:
− IC600
− IC615
The FMS interface with the Collins Pro Line 21 system.
The FMS supports flight plan display on both Advanced and GAMA EFIS. The
primary difference is the usage of a GAP bit in the Advanced EFIS
configuration.
• ARINC 702 Display Systems
The FMS interfaces with Universal Avionics' MFD 640, which complies with
ARINC Characteristic 702-6, Flight Management Computer System.
The FMS interface with the Collins Pro Line 4-800 system in the following
configurations:
− P4-01, P4-02 (Learjet 60 Collins Pro Line 4 EFD-871)
− P4-03, P4-04 (FIAS Collins Pro Line 4 EFD-871)
Page 16
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
The FMS interfaces with the Pro Line 4-4000 system in the following
configurations:
− P4-05, P4-06 (Falcon 2000 and Astra SPX Collins Pro Line 4 EFD-4077)
− P4-07, P4-08 (Falcon 2000 Collins Enhanced Pro Line 4-4000 EFIS
developed for Version 6)
− P4-09, P4-10 (CRJ 700 Collins CRJ Pro Line 4-4000 EFIS)
The FMS interface with the Sextant Integrated Modular System 100 V800 (IMS-02).
• ARINC 561 Display Systems – The FMS interfaces with ARINC 561 display
systems.
• ARINC 571 Display Systems - The FMS interfaces with ARINC 571 display
systems.
(12) Speed Limit Function (SCN 1001.X/1101.X and later)
The FMS provide a Speed Limit Function that computes an advisory Speed
Constraint and meets the following criteria:
NOTE: The Speed Limit function provides advisory data only and does not ensure
compliance with all operational requirements. Because speed rules vary by
the various aviation authorities, the maximum holding speeds and
speed/altitude restriction are to be configured by the customer to meet the
operational requirements.
The Speed Limit Function will honor the following speeds:
• The Speed Limit from the Navigation Database
• The maximum holding speed
• The altitude speed limit
• The maximum speed during an arc leg
• The Speed Constraint is to be transmitted on an ARINC output bus.
• The Speed Constraint output is configurable.
• The Speed Constraint output can be enabled/disabled by the user.
• When deceleration is required, the impending Speed Constraint is to be
annunciated prior to the target waypoint or altitude to allow for deceleration.
• The altitude speed limit can be changed by the user.
• The maximum holding speed is configurable.
In synchronized operation, the FMS synchronizes flight crew speed entries on the
CDU pertaining to the Speed Limit function between two FMSs. Enabling/disabling
of the Speed Limit output is not synchronized.
Page 17
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
D. FMS Components
(1) CPU Board
The CPU board is the master processor within the FMC. The processor is a Motorola
PowerPC 8270 microprocessor operating at 400 MHz.
The CMOS system RAM serves as a non-volatile scratchpad used to preserve specific
data in the event of an in-flight power interrupt. Flash memory is used for database
storage because it does not require battery backup, proving a more efficient and
economical storage medium than battery backed CMOS static RAM.
The following functions are incorporated into the CPU board:
• 16 Megabyte Flash EEPROM memory for program storage (P/N 3116-X2-111X)
• 32 Megabyte Flash EEPROM memory for program storage (P/Ns 3116-X2-211X
and 3116-X2-311X)
• 32 Megabyte Flash EEPROM memory for database storage (P/N 3116-X2-111X)
• 64 Megabyte Flash EEPROM memory for database storage (P/Ns 3116-X2-211X
and 3116-X2-311X)
• 2 Megabyte EEPROM for bootstrap program
• 4 Megabyte battery backed static RAM (3116-X2-111X)
• 8 Megabyte battery backed static RAM (P/Ns 3116-X2-211X and 3116-X2-311X)
• 2 Kbytes Serial EPROM for internal Configuration Module
• Battery backed real time clock device for system time keeping and timer interrupt
generation
• One I2C port for communication with external Configuration Module
• One TTL level serial port for communication with the front panel display
• Two RS–232 communications ports (One of these ports does not leave the CPU
board and is used for download of software via a remote computer while the
other port is used for connection to a remote terminal.)
• One 10base-T Ethernet port for communications with the System-1 local area
network
• 28 V input bus power failure detection signal connected to the processor’s non-
maskable interrupt
• One JTAG (Joint Test Action Group) port that contains 128 bytes of serial
EEPROM with the Ethernet MAC address for the LAN
• One analog to digital converter which is 8 bits and has a full-scale value
of 5V
• Temperature sensor for over temperature alerting
• 8 Megabyte NVRAM (optional) (P/Ns 3116-X2-211X and 3116-X2-311X)
Page 18
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) SBAS/ARINC and SBAS/Analog Subsystem Boards
The SBAS/ARINC board includes a MPC8270 central processor, dual-port RAM
(DPRAM), and two field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) with dissimilar design.
The MPC8270 communicates with the GG12W receiver on the SBAS/Analog board
through two RS-232 connections. It controls the analog I/O and discrete I/O on the
SBAS/Analog board through a serial peripheral interface (SPI). ARINC I/O
functionality is accomplished on the SBAS/ARINC board through FPGA #1. FPGA
#2 is used to monitor critical ARINC output buses for faulty transmission. An RS-232
serial port is used to provide diagnostic display and flight data recording (FDR).
The SBAS/Analog board contains a GG12W receiver. The receiver is the source of
three-dimensional position and velocity, time, and SBAS protection levels. The
SBAS/Analog board also provides critical analog output and discrete I/O. Critical
analog/discrete output including deviations, alert flags and level of service (LOS) are
monitored internally for faulty transmission.
The SBAS subsystem interfaces with a configuration module through the FMS via
DPRAM. The SBAS subsystem obtains the following information from the FMS
configuration module:
• Aircraft information (both onside and offside antenna offset). The Antenna offset
translates the GPS/SBAS antenna position to the aircraft navigation center
(typically the glideslope antenna).
• Approved Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) service provider(s)
• ARINC I/O ports configuration
• Display bus type configuration
• High/low level analog deviation output configuration
• Crosschannel monitoring enabled or disabled
I/O Capabilities of the SBAS Subsystem Boards
• Discrete Inputs – XChan Fail In, XChan LOS1, XChan Nav Valid, XChan Vert
Valid
• Discrete Outputs – Nav Flag, Nav Valid, Vert Flag, Vert Valid, LOS1, LOS2,
LOS3, XChan Fail Out, WAAS Fault, Time Marks
NOTE: Alert (Nav Flag or Vert Flag) and Valid (Nav Valid or Vert Valid) Flags can
be either high or low level outputs depending on the FMS part number.
NOTE: The levels of service (LOS) in use by the SBAS Subsystem are LPV,
LNAV/VNAV, LNAV, and Not Available.
• Analog Outputs – Lateral Dev and Vertical Dev
NOTE: Lateral and Vertical Deviations can be scaled high or low depending on
the FMS configuration.
Page 19
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
• Analog Inputs – XChan Lateral Dev and XChan Vertical Dev
NOTE: Lateral and Vertical Deviations can be scaled high or low depending on
the FMS configuration.
• ARINC 429 Inputs/Outputs – Configurable Transmit and Receive:ports:
2 Transmit (743A Output, XChan Out),
4 Receive (Offside FMS, XChan In, XChan Guidance Bus1, XChan Guidance
Bus2)
NOTE: The number of ARINC429 transmitters and receivers available is
dependent on the FMS configuration.
(3) Auxiliary Board
The Auxiliary Board uses a Motorola 68332 processor with 256 KB of RAM and 256
KB of flash EEPROM.
• Two CSDB transmitters and four receivers
• 128 Kilobyte by 16 Flash EEPROM for program storage
• 4 Kilobyte by 16 of dual port RAM for communication with the main processor
• Four pulse/analog fuel flow inputs
• Input signals for analog heading
• Input signals for board type detection
The four differential fuel flow inputs incorporated in the Auxiliary board, in an all-
digital aircraft, allows the elimination of the analog board and possible replacement
by a second ARINC board. The fuel flow multiplexer switches these inputs to a RMS
converter, a counter, or an A/D converted depending on the type of input. Analog
Heading is located on the Auxiliary board to allow an all-digital aircraft access to this
variable without an Analog board. The Roll Steering command is under control of the
CPU even though it is located on the Auxiliary board.
I/O Capabilities of the Auxiliary Board
• Discrete Inputs – HDG Mag/True Switch, HDG Valid
• Analog Inputs – Autopilot Reference
• Analog Outputs – Roll Steering
• Synchro In – Heading Synchro
• Pulse/Analog FF – 4 Fuel Flow Sensors
NOTE: Accepts either pulsed or analog differential fuel flow sensors.
• CSDB In – 4 Input Ports (VOR, ADF/MFD, DME)
• CSDB Out – 2 Output Ports
Page 20
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(4) Analog Board (Optional)
The Analog board communicates with the CPU through dual port memory. All
processing is accomplished using an on-board Motorola 68332 processor. The Analog
board converts four types of analog inputs to digital for processing through DPRAM
by the FMC: Discrete, Synchro/Resolver AC, DC, and analog air data and provides
analog, discrete, and synchro outputs.
I/O Capabilities of the Analog Board
• Discrete Inputs – Altitude Valid, Attitude Valid, TAS Valid, SAT Valid
• Discrete Outputs – Digital Valid, Pitch Valid
• Analog Outputs – Pitch Command, To/From
• Synchro Inputs – Instrument Reference (Altitude/Attitude Reference), Alt
Coarse, Alt Fine or Pitch
• Synchro Outputs – Bearing, Desired Track
• ARINC 561 – Refer to the label descriptions for this output in the SBAS FMS
SCN 1001/1101 Interface Manual 34-60-71
Digital to analog converters are used to generate PITCMD, TO/FR, and Synchro
Resolver outputs. In addition, the discrete outputs PITCHVAL and DIGVAL are
implemented using a discrete latch.
NOTE: If the FMS is configured with an Analog board, the SBAS/ARINC I/O
capabilities are reduced. Refer to the Equipment Specification section of this
manual for details.
(5) ASCB Version A Board (Optional)
The ASCB board provides the FMS with an interface to the ASCB Version A data
bus that was developed by Honeywell and supplements ARINC, CSDB and analog
interfaces of the FMS. The ASCB board hardware supports data bus Version A only.
ASCB is a multi-user serial synchronous digital communications bus. The ASCB
board provides an interface between the FMC and ASCB bus.
When configured with the ASCB board, the FMS provides the following capabilities:
• Transmit navigation display on the ASCB bus.
• Transmit guidance and mode data on the ASCB bus.
• Transmit flight plan and map background data on the ASCB bus.
• Transmit Vspeeds on the ASCB bus.
• Create and store radar waypoints using the MFD input data on the ASCB bus.
• Receive FGS, EFIS, and MFD data on the ASCB bus.
Page 21
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(6) Power Supply
The Power Supply converts 28 VDC aircraft power to +5 VDC, +15 VDC and -15
VDC for FMS circuitry and the Configuration Module and provides output voltage
monitoring and current limiting.
If power is lost or low voltage is detected, an interrupt will be generated. The CPU
will then store the necessary registers in non-volatile memory for an orderly
shutdown. Enough capacity is designed into the power supply to provide system
power for a minimum of 10 milliseconds following a power fail warning.
Page 22
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
E. FMS Functions
(1) Power Control, Initialization, and Configuration
At power up, the FMS determines the installed configuration of the computer. The
FMS uses data from the configuration module to configure the FMS if the
configuration data is valid.
At power up, the FMS performs self-tests to ensure system integrity and proper
operation.
The FMS provides power-up initialization after a normal power down, after a standby
power down, and after a power failure.
The FMS provides power-down control for manual power down, standby power
down, and power failure.
(2) Navigation
The FMS best computed aircraft position is determined by using position inputs from
all available navigation sensors and DME distance information from the scanning
DME. If either an RRS or one of the supported TACAN receivers is installed,
TACAN information is also be used. The system searches the navigation database to
determine which DME or TACAN stations are within range (approximately 250 nm)
and sequentially tunes each station. The aircraft position is computed by interrogating
multiple DME or TACAN stations and correlating the tuned stations with their
known geographic coordinates. Correction for slant range is accomplished by using
known station elevation and aircraft altitude.
The DME derived position is then integrated with the position information derived
from available long-range sensors. If the aircraft is out of DME range, the FMS relies
on long-range sensors for position information.
The FMS provides the pilot with course to waypoint, ETA, distance to waypoint,
maximum airspeed (VMAX) for curved legs, wind, and ground speed information.
In addition the FMS provides desired track, bearing, crosstrack, lateral deviation,
vertical deviation, related data to the flight guidance system (FGS) for the HSI
displays, and roll and pitch steering commands for the autopilot/flight director
system.
(3) Position Uncertainty
The FMS calculates position uncertainty and displays the resulting value as ANP. The
FMS uses as the alerting limit either the operator manually entered RNP (required
navigation performance), the procedural RNP as defined in the navigation database,
or the system defaults based upon the phase of flight.
Page 23
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(4) Vertical Navigation
The FMS provides vertical guidance and steering data for a Path Descent mode. This
includes the Enroute, STAR, and Approach segments of the flight plan up to the
Missed Approach Point. All ARINC 424 leg types are supported, including procedure
turns, holding patterns, and floating terminator type legs. The FMS allows up to six
Vertical Navigation (VNAV) fixed terminator type waypoints to be displayed and
edited on the VNAV Path pages. All waypoints that are pre-filled are automatically
pre-filled in reference to the flight plan waypoints. On the VNAV Path pages the
operator may also define an Offset, which is a vertical waypoint referenced off a
particular flight plan waypoint. The offset may be in either a positive or negative
direction along the defined flight plan, and will have an altitude defined by the
operator.
The Flight Plan pages have been designed to allow the operator to enter and edit
altitudes for any leg in the flight plan that has a fixed waypoint terminator. In
addition, a prompt will be provided on the Flight Plan pages to allow access to the
VNAV pages in order to define a VNAV Offset waypoint.
The FMS automatically converts all STAR and Approach procedural crossing altitude
constraints from the database that are variable (At/Below, At/Above, and Window) to
fixed altitudes. These altitudes will be displayed on the Flight Plan pages and
automatically pre-filled into the VNAV pages.
The FMS provides tactical VNAV modes. These modes allow the operator to use the
FMS to maneuver the aircraft vertically without regard to the lateral path of the
aircraft. Flight Level Change (VFLC) mode uses a set of preprogrammed
airspeed/Mach profiles selected by the operator to climb and descend the aircraft. In
VFLC mode, the FMS outputs an airspeed target so the aircraft FGS can pitch the
aircraft to achieve the target airspeed.
VNAV modes are mutually exclusive; the FMS can be in only one vertical mode at a
time. The FMS is capable of synchronized VNAV operation. In synchronized
operation, all flight crew entries on the CDU pertaining to the VNAV function are
synchronized between the left and right FMS.
The FMS provides a selectable altitude correction function to compensate for extreme
cold temperatures. Temperature compensation applies only to approach altitudes,
including approach transition and missed approach.
(5) Lateral Guidance and Steering
The lateral guidance and steering function provides guidance displays showing the
relative position of the aircraft to the desired flight path. This function also provides a
steering command to make the aircraft follow the desired flight path. These
capabilities are provided for the entire ARINC 424, path terminator leg set.
The FMS is capable of synchronized LNAV operation. In synchronized operation, all
flight crew entries on the CDU pertaining to the LNAV function are synchronized
between the left and right FMS.
Page 24
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(6) Waypoint Sequencing
The FMS incorporates automatic turn anticipation for leg changes along the flight
plan. Turns are initiated at a distance based on ground speed, leg change magnitude,
and roll steering bank limits for the present altitude. Turns at "fly-over" waypoints are
initiated over the waypoint.
(7) Direct-To
The FMS is capable of initiating Direct-To maneuvers to waypoints and airports on or
off the flight plan. If the Direct-To waypoint is off the flight plan, the system prompts
the pilot to redefine the next (NX) waypoint so that it may be linked to the flight plan.
The FMS will provide the capability to divert to the nearest airports.
(8) Heading Mode
The pilot is allowed to select and fly a desired heading using the CDU keyboard. If
the IMS-02, ProLine 2, ProLine 4, or Primus 1000 EFIS is installed, the system will
accept heading inputs from the heading bug knob. The Heading Mode provides the
ability to be armed so that it may automatically intercept the current navigation leg.
(9) Selected Crosstrack
The FMS provides the ability to select and fly a course parallel to a leg defined by
two FROM-TO waypoints. When this feature is selected, the system indicates the
selection via the crosstrack annunciator. This feature is not available for Pseudo VOR
outbound legs or in approach mode. The mode will be maintained when sequencing
onto a fixed track leg, provided the course change is such that it is possible to do so.
(10) Holding Patterns
The FMS provides Holding Pattern selection and definition using graphical depiction
of the available holding pattern on the display. The pilot defines the pattern or selects
one from a database via the CDU keyboard. The FMS provides the ability to arm a
holding pattern at a waypoint in the flight plan that is ahead of the current position of
the aircraft. The FMS provides the capability to define holding patterns at present
position. The hold may be manually or automatically activated. Once the holding
pattern is activated, the aircraft proceeds to the holding fix and automatically
performs the appropriate entry to the pattern. The pilot must manually terminate the
hold if it is an HM (Hold Manual) leg type. If it is an HA (Hold at an Altitude) or HF
(Hold at a Fix) leg type, then the FMS will automatically sequence the leg after the
appropriate procedure is flown.
(11) Flight Planning
The FMS facilitates flight planning and includes features such as SIDs, STARs, and
Approaches for use in terminal areas and Victor/Jet airways for the enroute portion.
Flight plans can be dynamically defined, crossfilled from another FMS, selected from
a previously defined pilot route or company route database, or loaded from a disk or
AFIS unit.
The FMS is able to synchronize the flight plan with the offside FMS.
Page 25
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
The flight planning includes custom lists from which the pilot can easily select
desired options, eliminating time consuming keyboard entries and associated errors.
The FMS provides a Fix Page function, which allows the operator to enter up to nine
waypoints and obtain dynamic range and bearing from each of these waypoints. In
addition, this function determines the location at which each of these waypoints is
abeam the flight plan. The FMS provides the ETA and distance to the Abeam Point,
as well as messaging to alert the pilot when the aircraft is approaching the Abeam
Point.
The FMS provides a Lat/Long Crossing function, which allows the operator to enter
up to four latitudes or longitudes. The FMS then computes the corresponding latitude
or longitude of the intersection point along the flight plan. The FMS provides the
ETA and distance to the Lat/Long Crossing Point, as well as messaging to alert the
pilot when the aircraft is approaching the Lat/Long Crossing Point.
(12) Terminal Area Procedures
The FMS is capable of flying published SIDs and STARs with procedural legs such
as heading-to-radial, heading-to-altitude, course-from-fix-to-DME-distance, and
DME-arcs. Up to nineteen additional leg types (combinations) are available.
(13) Approach Mode
The FMS approach mode provides the pilot with ILS-like guidance while flying FMS
approaches. During an FMS approach, the system provides signals like those of an
ILS for flight director or autopilot coupled approaches. The approach is accessed
from the navigation database or the pilot may define it by entering the approach
waypoint and the reference NAVAID (if required). The system is capable of defining
and flying VOR, RNV (VOR DME), RNV (GPS), NDB, TACAN, ILS, LOC, BC,
VFR, GLS, and GWS (FAA FIAS configuration only) type approaches. During an
ILS, LOC, or BC approach, the FMS uses the localizer signal for roll steering.
(14) Precision Approaches (RNAV (GPS/SBAS))
The SBAS subsystem adds the capability to fly precision RNAV (GPS) approaches to
the LPV Approach Category (Level of Service). During the final phase of the
precision approach (between the FAF and EOA), the SBAS subsystem independently
provides the guidance both laterally and vertically.
(15) Integrity Monitoring
The SBAS subsystem monitors the integrity of the position output using a step
detector, SBAS provided integrity monitoring, and RAIM-based fault detection and
exclusion (FDE) algorithms.
(16) RAIM Prediction
The SBAS subsystem supports predicting the availability of fault detection (FD) -
receiver autonomous integrity monitoring (RAIM), at a single space-time point. It
also supports the prediction of RAIM availability for a period of +/-15 minutes
around the estimated time of arrival (ETA) at a fix. Automatic RAIM predictions are
no longer supported.
Page 26
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(17) Crosschannel (XChan) monitoring:
The SBAS subsystem provides XChan monitoring for LPV approaches flown in the
offside FMS. This improves the overall system integrity to meet the required integrity
for LPV approaches. Based on its own position, the SBAS subsystem monitors the
guidance data from the offside FMS for discrepancies. If an intolerable discrepancy is
detected, the SBAS subsystem sends a LON alert to the offside FMS. As a result, the
offside FMS sets its guidance flags in view. If the offside FMS fails to set the
guidance flags in view, the SBAS subsystem further disconnects the digital guidance
bus of the offside FMS from display systems and sets the analog guidance flags of the
offside FMS in view. XChan monitoring can be disabled through the FMS
configuration that is confirmed by the installer.
(18) RNP RNAV Functionality
The SBAS FMS provides an ANP/RNP display on the Nav pages that depicts FMS
calculated Actual Navigation Performance (ANP) and Required Navigation
Performance (RNP). RNP represents the maximum allowable value for the current
procedure or flight phase. The computed ANP algorithm represents the 95% Total
System Error (TSE) as required in DO-236B, Minimum Aviation System Performance
Standards: Required Navigation Performance for Area Navigation, par. 2.1.1 and as
described in par. 1.7.2.1.
RNP boundary settings may be manually entered (priority 1), coded in the navigation
database (priority 2), or determined by phase of flight. The following table describes
RNP boundary settings as a function of the above criteria.
Priority Source RNP Boundary Settings
1** Manually Entered (Refer to “FMS RNP 5.0 nm Maximum
Annunciation” section below)
2 Navigation database Procedure dependent
3 Default Phase of Flight
Oceanic 4.0 nm
Enroute 2.0 nm
Terminal 1.0 nm
Approach 0.3 nm
**The manually entered RNP value will remain and the SBAS FMS will use that value
until it is manually removed or overwritten, within a given power up cycle.
Dual multi-sensor FMS installations which integrate GPS/SBAS sensors in the SBAS
FMSs meet the equipment and accuracy requirements of FAA Order 8400.12A para.
12b(4) for operations in RNP-10 airspace and FAA Order 8400.33 para. 8a(2)(a) or
8a(2)(b)i for operations in RNP 4 airspace. Operational approval must be obtained
from the appropriate authority.
The SBAS FMSs also complies with equipment and accuracy requirements of AC 90-
96A paragraph Appendix 1 for BRNAV (RNP-5) when operating in Class I airspace,
without time limits.
Page 27
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Inclusion of this function in the FMS does not constitute an Operational Approval for
RNAV RNP SAAAR procedures.
FMS RNP Annunciations
The following annunciations are associated with ANP/RNP criteria:
POSITION UNCERTAIN
Any time the ANP value exceeds the RNP value, a Position Uncertain message is
provided. Under this condition, a POS annunciation is displayed on the CDU. If the
Position Uncertain condition occurs during an approach, the lateral and vertical
deviation flags are placed in view and will remain in view until the FMS position is
no longer uncertain.
VERIFY MANUAL RNP
This message displayed on the FMS CDU will be removed after it is displayed once.
1. A manual RNP has been entered on the NAV pages, a flight phase transition
occurs and the new flight phase RNP Limit is less than the manual RNP.
2. A manual RNP has been entered on the NAV pages and a leg with a lower
database RNP value is sequenced to in a linked flight plan.
(19) SBAS Subsystem Functions
• Navigation solution: The SBAS subsystem provides a navigation solution for all
phases of flight using GPS augmented by SBAS. The navigation solution includes
antenna position, time, velocity, and other pertinent data.
• Integrity monitoring: The SBAS subsystem monitors the integrity of the position
output using a step detector, SBAS provided integrity monitoring, and RAIM-
based fault detection and exclusion (FDE). The SBAS subsystem notifies the
FMS if a satellite failure is detected and provides horizontal protection level
(HPL) and vertical protection level (VPL) to the FMS. The FMS performs the loss
of integrity (LOI) alerting.
• RAIM prediction: The SBAS subsystem supports predicting the availability of
fault detection (FD)–receiver autonomous integrity monitoring (RAIM), at a
single space-time point. It also supports the prediction of RAIM availability for a
period of +/–15 minutes around the estimated time of arrival (ETA) at a fix.
Automatic RAIM predictions are no longer supported.
Page 28
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
• Guidance for approaches with final approach segment data block (FAS DB): The
FAS DB stored in the FMC navigation database contains the designated SBAS
service provider ID, the waypoints defining the FAS path and alert limits for the
approach. Based on the information, the SBAS subsystem determines the
available approach service level LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, LP, or LPV). The SBAS
subsystem further provides lateral/vertical guidance for the selected approach
relative to the aircraft navigation center position. The navigation center position is
translated from the antenna position using the antenna offset stored and confirmed
in the FMS configuration module. The SBAS subsystem then continuously
monitors whether the applicable alert limit requirements are met. The SBAS
subsystem notifies the pilot via guidance flags if loss of navigation (LON) occurs.
• ARINC I/O and critical analog/discrete output: In order to meet the criticality
level for precision approaches, the SBAS subsystem processes all FMS ARINC
I/O and critical analog/discrete outputs. The SBAS subsystem configures its
ARINC I/O and analog/discrete output based on the information in the FMS
configuration module. For oceanic, en route, terminal, and approach (without FAS
DB) phases of flight, the FMS transmits the guidance data and other ARINC data
to external systems. For approaches with FAS DB, the SBAS subsystem
substitutes the FMC guidance data with its own computed deviations and
guidance flags.
• Crosschannel (Xchan) monitoring: The SBAS subsystem provides Xchan
monitoring for an LP or LPV approach flown in the offside FMS. This improves
the overall system integrity to meet the required integrity for an LP or LPV
approach. Based on its own position, the SBAS subsystem monitors the guidance
data from the offside FMS for discrepancies. If an intolerable discrepancy is
detected, the SBAS subsystem sends a LON alert to the offside FMS. As a result,
the offside FMS sets its guidance flags in view. If the offside FMS fails to set the
guidance flags in view, the SBAS subsystem further disconnects the digital
guidance bus of the offside FMS from display systems and sets the analog
guidance flags of the offside FMS in view. Xchan monitoring can be disabled
through the FMS configuration that is confirmed by the installer.
• ARINC I/O and critical analog/discrete output: To meet the criticality level for
precision approaches, the SBAS subsystem processes all FMS ARINC I/O and
critical analog/discrete outputs. The SBAS subsystem configures its ARINC I/O
and analog/discrete output based on the information in the FMS Configuration
Module. For oceanic, enroute, terminal, and approach (without FAS DB) phases
of flight, the FMS transmits the guidance data and other ARINC data to external
systems. For approaches with FAS DB, the SBAS subsystem substitutes the FMC
guidance data with its own computed deviations and guidance flags.
• SBAS CPU monitor: The SBAS subsystem monitors the FMS CPU Integrity by
comparing its computed position output to the FMS System Position. If there is a
discrepancy, the SBAS subsystem will independently flag the FMC guidance
busses.
Page 29
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
2. Operation
A. General
Detailed operating procedures for the FMS are provided in the Operator’s Manual for the
specific software loaded into your FMS, for example, SCN 1001.X or 1101.X. The operating
procedures presented here are intended to provide information necessary to perform tasks
later in this manual.
B. Flat Panel Control Display Unit
The FMS Operator’s Manuals introduces the CDU, explains the CDU operating philosophy,
and provides a detailed explanation of the keyboard keys and their associated functions.
The CDU, as part of a Flight Management System (FMS) provides the operator with all the
controls necessary to communicate with the navigation computer and associated navigation
sensors. The CDU presents an eleven-line display using two-character sizes and has a full
color, liquid crystal display. The operator may adjust display brightness. Line select keys are
located on either side of the display. Individual Line Select Keys are referred to as [1L]
through [5L] and [1R] through [5R]. Function keys are immediately below the display and an
alphanumeric keyboard is below and to the right of the function keys. The CDU provides for
manual data entry, system mode selection, computed and raw data displays, control (selection
and deselection) of navigational sensors, and system message displays.
The following paragraphs provide general information about operator–CDU interface which
is applicable to installation and checkout of the FMS.
(1) Cursor
Data is always entered into the system at a cursor location. The cursor marks variable
parameters by means of reverse field. When appropriate, the cursor location aligns
with one of the ten line select keys used to control the cursor. The home position of
the cursor is usually off the display when a page is initially accessed, although some
pages have a cursor default position that is on the screen. Pushing the ENTER key
completes the entry of data. If there is a logical next field for data entry, the cursor
will automatically advance to this next field when [ENTER] is pushed.
(2) Item Selection
OPT LIST 1/ 1
select
#-
1 no sensor
2 dc linear
3 ac linear
4 pulse freq
5 pulse width
6 digital
RETURN®
Sample Display
Selections are made with the line select keys whenever possible. In some cases a
combination of line select keys and reference numbers are used on the same display
page. This allows two levels of selection to exist simultaneously on the same display.
Page 30
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
For example, while the content or nature of a list is controlled by the line select keys,
an item from that list can be selected by using a reference number. In this illustration
(OPT LIST 1/ 1) the reference numbers appear to the left of the items available for
selection. The cursor is on the dash in the data entry field next to the pound (#) sign.
To make a selection, input the number corresponding to your choice and push
[ENTER]. The arrow next to the word RETURN points to the adjacent line select key
[5R]. Pushing [5R] will return the display to the previous page.
Any selection that will change the active flight plan, guidance of the aircraft, or the
stored database requires confirmation. Confirmation is accomplished by pushing the
line select key a second time or by pushing [ENTER]. Selection of fields that do not
require confirmation will cause the page or mode change to occur immediately when
the corresponding line select key is pushed.
(3) Information Display
Color and graphics are used to draw attention to the most important items on a
display. Background colors and/or boxes are used to group data into important areas
such as control or selection boxes.
(4) Display Control – 5-Inch FPCDU
Pushing [ON/OFF DIM] for initial power-up energizes the system and initiates self
test of the navigation computer. When self-test is initiated, the Self-test page is
displayed. The Self-test page is followed automatically by the Initialization page if all
tests are successfully completed. If a failure that would cause the system to be
unusable occurs, the Initialization page will not appear. Once the Initialization page
appears, no other page can be displayed until the initialization data is accepted.
(5) Power/Display Control Page
BRIGHT®
DIM®
CANCEL®
DISPLAY®
OFF/STBY®
Page 31
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
DISPLAY – Pushing LSK [2R] DISPLAY will cause the parallax adjustment page to
be displayed.
UP®
DOWN®
CANCEL®
CONFIRM®
OFF
CANCEL®
CONFIRM
STANDBY®
Page 32
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
C. Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100)
The following paragraphs provide general information about operating the DTU (Models
1406 and 1407). Refer to the Operator’s Manual applicable for the Flight Management
System and software program version for detailed operating procedures.
When using the Portable DTU, connect the DTU cable to the appropriate panel-mounted
connectors before turning the unit on.
(1) Power
With external power applied to the DTU, the red LED illuminates.
(2) Disk Insertion and Removal
• Open the Dust Cover by pulling out and upward on the tabs. The pivot arms and
latch mechanisms will hold the Dust Cover in the fully open position.
• Grasp the disk by the edge away from the metal shutter so that the arrow points
away from you. Orient the disk so that the arrow points toward the slot in the
Disc Drive and the face of the disk is toward the top of the unit and then insert
the disk into the drive. Push on the exposed edge of disk until it is fully inserted.
• Push on the small button on the Disc Drive to eject the disk.
• Grasp the disk and pull it out of the drive.
• Push the Dust Cover toward the unit until it snaps closed. The pivot arms and
latch mechanisms will hold the Dust Cover closed.
D. Solid State Data Transfer Unit (SSDTU)
The following paragraphs provide general information about operating the SSDTU, models
1408-( ) and 1409-( ). Refer to the Operator’s Manual applicable to the Flight Management
System and software version for detailed operating procedures.
(1) Power
NOTE: When using the Portable SSDTU, connect the SSDTU cable to the
appropriate panel-mounted connectors before applying power to the aircraft.
When power is applied, the SSDTU undergoes a Lamp Test and Power-on Built-In-
Test (PBIT). The SSDTU operates the front panel LED indicators in the following
order.
(a) All LEDs Off: Power supply not present.
(b) All LEDs Amber: Power supply good, processor initializing.
(c) All LEDs Green: Loading and verifying the operating system image and
verifying the file system image.
(d) All LEDs Blue: Initializing operating system.
Page 33
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
During PBIT, all three indicators will display the same status at any given time. The
purpose of the operation is to test the LEDs and to give a clear indication of which
PBIT step failed, should the SSDTU fail to begin normal operation.
Following PBIT (normal operation), the SSDTU operates the front panel LED
indicators as shown in the following table.
Indicator Color and Action
Indicator
Type Blank Green Green Amber Blue Blue
Solid Blinking Solid Solid Blinking
STATUS SSDTU Off Operational N/A CBIT has Self-Test N/A
(Front) detected an
error
(SSDTU will
reboot)
USB No device Device OK, Device is Bad or Device OK, Device is
(Front) present not in use being unsupported in use being
accessed device (Indicates accessed
Primary
Storage
Device)
SD No device Device OK, Device is Bad or Device OK, Device is
(Front) present not in use being unsupported in use being
accessed device (Indicates accessed
Primary
Storage
Device)
NET Not yet N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
(Front) operational
Ethernet No device A network Network N/A N/A N/A
(Rear) present link is activity
established
on this port
Page 34
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(b) Removal of Data Storage Device
NOTE: If the data storage device is removed during a read operation, the
read operation will fail. If the data storage device is removed during
a write operation, the device may become corrupt and will require
the data storage device to be formatted on a personal computer (not
an FMS format command that only deletes files from the media).
• Open the Dust Cover by pulling upward on the tabs. The pivot arms and
latch mechanisms will hold the Dust Cover in the fully open position.
• Push on the exposed edge of the memory card, release pressure and the
memory card will eject slightly out of the slot.
• Grasp the edge of the flash memory and pull it out of the SSDTU.
• Close the dust cover.
(3) USB Memory Insertion
(a) Insertion
• Open the Dust Cover by pulling upward on the tabs. The pivot arms and
latch mechanisms will hold the Dust Cover in the fully open position.
• Insert USB memory all the way into the USB slot until seated.
NOTE: If the USB Memory does not slide into the slot easily, do not
try to force it; the card will not fit in backwards. Turn the
memory card around 180º and reinsert.
NOTE: Do not close dust cover.
(b) Removal
NOTE: If the data storage device is removed during a read operation, the
read operation will fail. If the data storage device is removed during
a write operation, the device may become corrupt and will require
the data storage device to be formatted on a personal computer (not
an FMS format command which only deletes files from the media).
• Pull USB Memory card straight out of memory slot.
• Close dust cover.
Page 35
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
E. EFIS Radar Panel (ERP), P/N 1015–1–X (Lear 60 Pro Line 4 Installations Only)
The supplement to the FMS Operator’s Manual introduces the ERP and provides a detailed
explanation of the radar controls and MFD keys and their associated functions.
Page 36
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
FAA Approval
1. General
Approval of the FMS System is not authorized by this Installation Manual. Acceptance for
the installation and use of the FMS and its associated components must be sought through the
appropriate offices of the Federal Aviation Administration or other certifying agency. It is
recommended that all proposed installations be coordinated with the local jurisdiction of the
Federal Aviation Administration or other certifying agency prior to performing the
installation.
NOTE: The TSO identifies the minimum performance standards, tests and other conditions
applicable for issuance of design and production approval of the article. The TSO
does not specifically identify acceptable conditions for installation of the article.
The STC applicant is responsible for documenting all limitations and conditions
suitable for installation of the article. An applicant requesting approval for
installation of the article within a specific type or class of product is responsible for
determining environmental and functional compatibility.
It is recommended that when certifying (SCN 1001/1101) use the variable X
(1001.X) in the original certification package to ensure point changes will not
affect future certification requirements and to assure that the AFMS will not need
to be changed with point changes.
NOTE: All first time approvals using performance Vspeeds and engine thrust rating
computations for a specific aircraft model must be approved by TC or STC
process.
A. Applicable TSOs
TSO/ETSO
UNS-1( )w
4” FPCDU
5” FPCDU
Antennas
DTU-100
SSDTU
TSO-C109 X X
TSO-C115b X X
TSO-C115c X
TSO-C129a X X
TSO-C146c X
TSO-C190 X
ETSO-C109 X X
ETSO-C115b X X
ETSO-C129a X X
Page 101
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) TSO-C115b (30-Sep-1994): Airborne Area Navigation Equipment using Multi-sensor
Inputs
(3) TSO-C115c (19-Jan-2012): Flight Management Systems (FMS) using Multi-sensor
Inputs
(4) TSO-C129a (20-Feb-1996): Airborne Supplemental Navigation Equipment Using The
Global Positioning System (GPS)
(5) TSO-C146c (09-May-2008): Stand-Alone Airborne Navigation Equipment Using the
Global Positioning System Augmented by the Satellite Based Augmentation System
(6) TSO-C190 (20-Mar-2007): Active Airborne Global Navigation Satellite System
(GNSS) Antenna
(7) ETSO-C109 (24-Oct-2003): Airborne Navigation Data Storage System
(8) ETSO-C115b (24-Oct-2003): Airborne Area Navigation Equipment using Multi-
sensor Inputs
(9) ETSO-C129a (24-Oct-2003): Airborne Supplemental Navigation Equipment Using
Global Positioning System (GPS)
Page 102
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(10) EASA AMC 20-28 (24-Sep-2012): Airworthiness Approval and Operational Criteria
related to Area Navigation for Global Navigation Satellite System approach
operation to Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance minima using Satellite
Based Augmentation System
(11) EASA AMC 20-12: Recognition of FAA Order 8400.12a For RNP-10 Operations
(12) JAA TGL-10 (11-Jan-2000): Airworthiness and Operational Approval for Precision
RNAV Operations in Designated European Airspace
C. Reference Documents
(1) RTCA/DO-160E (09-Dec-2004): Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for
Airborne Equipment
(2) RTCA/DO-178B (01-Dec-1992): Software considerations in Airborne Systems and
Equipment Certification
(3) RTCA/DO-187 (13-Nov-1984): Minimum Operational Performance Standards for
Airborne Area Navigation Equipment Using Multi-Sensor Inputs
(4) RTCA/DO-301 (13-Dec-2006): Minimum Operational Performance Standards for
Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) Airborne Active Antenna Equipment for
the L1 Frequency Band
(5) RTCA/DO-229D (13-Dec-2006): Minimum Operational Performance Standards for
Global Positioning System/Wide Area Augmentation System Airborne Equipment
(6) RTCA/DO-236B (28-Oct-2003): Minimum Aviation System Performance Standards:
Required Navigation Performance for Area Navigation
(7) RTCA/DO-254 (19-Apr-2000): Design Assurance Guidance for Airborne Electronic
Hardware
(8) RTCA/DO-283A (28-Oct-2003): Minimum Operational Performance Standards for
Required Navigation Performance for Area Navigation
(9) EUROCAE ED-58 (June 1988): Minimum Operational Performance Specification
for Area Navigation Equipment Using Multi-Sensor Inputs
D. Universal Avionics Publications and Documents
(1) 34-60-71: SBAS FMS SCN 1001/1101 Interface Manual
(2) 34-61-02: SBAS FMS Configuration Manual for SCN 1001/1101
(3) Service Letter No. 2753: Basic RNAV (BRNAV)/RNP-5 Operation in European
Airspace
(4) Service Letter No. 2758: RNP-10 Operations in the North and Central Pacific
(5) Service Letter No. 2792: EASA PRNAV Approval of Universal Avionics FMS per JAA
TGL-10 Compliance Evaluation Summary
(6) Service Letter No. 2804: UASC FMS Compliance with FAA Advisory Circular
90-100A
Page 103
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(7) Service Letter No. 2814: Compliance Summary for RNP-4 Operations (FAA Order
8400.33)
(8) Service Letter No. 2818: UASC FMS Compliance with RNP and RNAV Requirements
(9) Service Letter No. 2838: AC 20-138D Compliance Evaluation Summary for
WAAS/SBAS FMS
(10) Service Letter No: 2847: WAAS/SBAS Flight Management Systems Compliance with
AC 20-165A
(11) Service Letter No. 2852: SBAS Flight Management Systems Compliance with EASA
AMC 20-28
(12) Service Letter No. 2854: SBAS Flight Management Systems (FMSs) Compliance
with EASA AMC 20-27A
(13) Universal Avionics Report No. RPRT-2009-1004, Engineering Assisted Field
Approval Process for the Installation Upgrade of Universal Avionics FMS Approved
fort 3D Coupled Approaches to Universal Avionics SBAS FMS with LPV Approach
Capability.
Use this document for upgrades that fall under these categories:
The existing FMS installation must be laterally and vertically integrated to the flight
instruments capable of meeting the scaling requirements of TSO-C146c and
RTCA/DO 229D. Note that the flight instruments do not require approval to
TSOC146c, only that they must meet the scaling requirements. Analog / mechanical
flight instruments inherently meet these scaling requirements as deviation scaling is
under the control of the FMS.
The existing FMS installation must be approved for lateral and vertical coupled
operation to the Fight Guidance System (FGS). Interfaces to the FGS using the analog
ILS channel inherently meet these scaling requirements as deviation scaling is under
the control of the FMS.
The existing FMS installation in the candidate aircraft must be approved by FAA TC,
FAA STC, or Field Approval.
Page 104
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
E. TSO Deviations
In accordance with the provisions outlined in 14 CFR 21.618, Amdt 21-92, Universal
Avionics Systems Corporation has been granted the following deviations from TSO-C146c,
RTCA/DO-229D, TSO-C115c, and RTCA/DO-283A:
TSO-C146c DEVIATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS
No deviations to TSO-C146c are claimed.
RTCA/DO-229D DEVIATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS
Paragraph 2.1 - General Requirements (LP approaches)
The UNS-1( )w FMS does not implement LP approach capability. LP Approach types are
removed from the navigation databases at every cycle, and therefore, cannot be added to a
flight plan directly in the FMS or using the off-line flight planning (UFP) software.
Paragraph 2.1.3.2.2.3 - FDE Prediction
The UNS-1( )w FMS will remove satellites from the position solution when deselected by the
pilot. This feature is a valuable aid in demonstrating compliance to the MPS accuracy and
integrity requirements, both in the lab and flight testing.
Paragraph 2.2.1.1.4.5 - Alphanumerics
The UNS-1( )w FMS identifies each waypoint as per the charted procedure. The waypoints
are not specifically labeled as IAW, FAWP, MAWP or Missed Approach Holding Fix.
Paragraph 2.2.1.1.6 – Set of Standard Function Labels
The UNS-1( )w FMS employs the same set of labels and messages across the entire FMS
product line. Universal chooses to retain the human interface currently in use throughout our
product line and operated by thousands of flight crews today.
Paragraph 2.2.3.3.1 - Approach Path Definition
When the procedure dictates a course change at the FAF, the Universal FMS exceeds the
MPS requirements by providing deviations relative to the charted course from the FACF to
the FAWP.
When a Direct To is activated that results in a course change at the FAF of 45 degrees or
more, the UNS-1( )w FMS will anticipate the turn in a way to minimize any path overshoot.
Universal is able to demonstrate acceptable performance up to 80 degrees course change at
the FAF when it is not designated as “Overfly”.
Paragraph 2.2.3.7.2 - Departure Requirements
TSO-C146c/DO-229D specifies the use of LNAV accuracy and integrity monitoring
(2.2.3.7.2.1) and 0.3 NM scaling value (2.2.3.7.2.3) for the first leg of a departure procedure.
For non-RNP departure procedures (RNP value not set), the FMS will use the LNAV scaling
value of 0.3 NM for the first leg of the departure procedure in compliance with DO-229D
2.2.3.7.1.2 (the first leg is coded as a TF leg and is aligned with the departure runway within
3 degrees).
TSO-C115b/DO-283A Section 2.2.2.12.2 specifies system priorities for selecting RNP
values. If an RNP value is coded in the database for the first leg of a departure procedure,
Page 105
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
then the FMS will use the coded RNP value instead of the LNAV value of 0.3 NM as
specified by DO-229D.
When flying non-RNP departure procedures (RNP value not set on leg), the FMS will use the
LNAV scaling value of 0.3 NM for the initial leg as specified in DO-229D. When flying
RNP departure procedures (RNP value set on leg), the FMS will use the RNP value coded
into the procedure for the initial leg as specified in DO-283A.
TSO-C115c DEVIATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS
Paragraph 3.d. - Environmental Qualification
The UNS-1( )w FMSs will be qualified to RTCA/DO-160E, which is a standard appropriate
for the Flight Management System (FMS) Using Multi-Sensor Inputs.
RTCA/DO-283A DEVIATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS
Paragraph 2.2.2.7 - Parallel Offsets
The Universal FMS complies with all requirements relative to parallel offsets except that it
cancels the offset mode after proceeding from a manually defined (present position) hold.
Offset mode is cancelled immediately when PPOS HOLD is activated, the offset
annunciation is removed, and guidance is provided to the hold. The pilot may re-activate
offset mode after proceeding on course.
Fixed radius transitions are not implemented at this time. Procedures containing fixed-radius
transitions will be removed from the navigation database. The following statement will be
included as an AFMS Limitation and also inserted in the Operator’s Manual in multiple
locations: The FMS does not support fixed-radius transitions
Paragraph 2.2.2.9 - Transitions Between Legs
Fixed radius transitions are not implemented at this time. Universal plans to implement fixed
radius transitions using the radius of turn from the navigation database. The requirements are
not yet clear and is not implemented in any airspace in the world.
Procedures containing fixed-radius transitions will be removed from the navigation database.
The following statement will be included as an AFMS Limitation and also inserted in the
Operator’s Manual in multiple locations: The FMS does not support fixed-radius transitions
Paragraph 2.2.2.12.2 - RNP-(x) RNAV Type Associated with a Flight Plan Leg
The Universal Avionics wFMS is compliant with paragraph 2.2.12.2 a. and b. For 2.2.12.2 c,
the RNP RNAV type for an area is provisioned in the ARINC 424 specification, but is not
currently provided by the data content suppliers, and therefore cannot be evaluated. If a. and
b. do not apply, the FMS uses phase-of-flight RNP.
Page 106
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Pragraph 2.2.4.1.2 - Non-Numeric Display/Output Requirements \
Analog approach deviation:
Analog approach deviation is output as angular because it is typically used as a steering
signal into the FGS ILS channel. Note that this issue affects only the analog output and only
in approach mode; the digital output is always linear
Non-Numeric Display/Output Sensitivity Requirements:
Algorithm: The display electrical output scaling (digital and non-approach analog) for
RNP types 0.3 to 3.99 is simply 1 dot = ½ RNP. For RNP 4.0 and greater, the scaling is
4.0 NM IAW the MPS.
Affects: The display electrical output scaling (digital and non-approach analog)
sensitivity is compliant with the MPS for standard RNP values (0.3, 1.0, 2.0, and 4.0 and
greater), and less sensitive for the non-standard values between 0.3 and 4.0.
Paragraph 2.2.4.11 - Failure/Status Indications and Alerting
The FMS enables RNP alerting when sequencing to the RNP leg regardless of crosstrack
deviation. The effect is that on rare occasions, the flight crew may receive an alert that is
appropriate for the planned procedure but slightly earlier than per the requirement.
Paragraph 2.4.3.4 - Waypoint Transitions
Fixed radius transitions are not implemented at this time. Procedures containing fixed-radius
transitions will be removed from the navigation database. The following statement will be
included as an AFMS Limitation and also inserted in the Operator’s Manual in multiple
locations: The FMS does not support fixed-radius transitions
Paragraph C.2.1 - VHF Omni-directional Range (VOR)
The Universal FMS VOR error is modeled with a variance of 1/64 degrees quantity squared
(0.9 degrees); one standard deviation = square root (0.9) = 0.946 deg. This is more
conservative than the infrastructure assumption.
Paragraph C.2.2 - Distance Measuring Equipment (DME)
The standard deviation of DME error is modeled as 0.5% of the predicted range with a
minimum of 181 meters (0.1 nm). This is more conservative than the infrastructure
assumption.
Paragraph H.2.4.4.3 - Flight Path Angle Paths
The Universal FMS computes the crossing altitude for the Flight path angle path at the
constraint location for the AT or ABOVE constraint case. For the AT constraint case, the
Universal FMS provides VNAV guidance to the path defined by the altitudes and waypoints.
Paragraph H.2.7 - Alerting
The Universal FMS provides a vertical waypoint alert 15 seconds prior to commencing any
vertical maneuver. In addition, at the top of descent, a message is given 2 minutes before the
top of descent indicating a top of descent alert. For aircraft with altitude preselect input to the
FMS, a reset altitude preselect message is given two minutes before the top of descent if the
preselect is not set below the current altitude.
Page 107
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
F. Non-TSO Functions
Airdrop: The FMS optionally contains the capability to enable the airdrop feature. The
airdrop feature provides the capability to compute and guide to a Computed Air Release
Point (CARP). The airdrop feature is available only when configured at the factory for
hardware and software part numbers with an “M” (Military) suffix. The airdrop function is
considered a non-TSO function and fall under ITAR restrictions and is only available to
qualified operators.
G. Installation Procedures and Limitations
In accordance with FAA TSO-C115c, Section 5.a.(3):
This article meets the minimum performance and quality control standards required
by a technical standard order (TSO). Installation of this article requires separate
approval.
In accordance with FAA TSO-C146c, Section 5.b:
The conditions and tests required for TSO approval of this article are minimum
performance standards. Those installing this article, on or in a specific type or class of
aircraft, must determine that the aircraft installation conditions are within the TSO
standards. TSO articles must have separate approval for installation in an aircraft. The
article may be installed only according to 14 CFR part 43 or the applicable airworthiness
requirements.
In accordance with FAA TSO-C146c, Section 5.o:
The USN-1Lw can satisfy the requirements of RTCA/DO-229D only when used with a
Universal Avionics P/N 10708 GPS/SBAS antenna, P/N 10709 GPS/SBAS with Sirius
Dual Element Antenna, or P/N 10710 GPS/SBAS with XM Dual Element Antenna.
In accordance with FAA TSO-C146c, Section 5.r:
Aircraft weighing 6000 lbs or more require the installation of dual UNS-1( )w systems or
a single UNS-1( )w FMS with an UNS-1Lw LPV monitor in order to meet the 10-7
integrity requirement of TSO-C146b paragraph 3b(1).
In accordance with FAA TSO-C146c, Section 5.s:
When the UNS-1( )w FMS is installed in an aircraft with SATCOM equipment, the
airworthiness applicant is responsible for ensuring compatibility between the FMS and
the SATCOM equipment.
ASCB Compatibility:
Software SCN 1001.0/1101.0/1101.0M is not compatible with the UNS-1Ew
FMS/MMMS with the ASCB option. Software SCN 1001.0/1101.0/1101.0M must
not be installed in an aircraft that requires the ASCB interface.
Page 108
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
2. Software Criticality
TSO-C115c Failure Condition Classifications:
For RNP ≥ 0.3, Malfunction is a major failure condition for misleading lateral or vertical
guidance. Loss of the function defined in paragraph 3.a of TSO-C115c is a major failure
condition for lateral guidance and a minor failure condition for vertical guidance.
The FMC application software embedded in the FMS responsible for RNP operations is
categorized as DO-178B Level C (Major). Level C software is defined as “software whose
anomalous behavior, as shown by the system safety assessment process, would cause or
contribute to a failure of system function resulting in a major failure condition for the
aircraft.”
For RNP <0.3, Malfunction is a hazardous (severe-major) failure condition for misleading
lateral or vertical guidance. Loss of the function defined in paragraph 3.a of TSO-C115c is a
hazardous (severe-major) failure condition for lateral guidance and a minor failure
condition for vertical guidance.
Hazardous (severe-major) failure conditions must be mitigated at the installation level by
additional equipment requirements (i.e. IRS), flight crew monitoring of dual systems, or
other acceptable means.
TSO-C146c Failure Condition Classifications:
Failure of the function defined in paragraph 3.a of TSO-C146c is a:
• Major failure condition for loss of function and malfunction of en route, terminal,
approach lateral navigation (LNAV), and approach LNAV/vertical navigation (VNAV)
navigation data,
• Major failure condition for loss of function of approach localizer performance without
vertical guidance (LP), and approach localizer performance with vertical guidance
(LPV) navigation data, and
The FMC application software embedded in the FMS responsible for en-route, terminal,
and non-precision approach operations (LOS < LP) is categorized as DO-178B Level C
(Major). Level C software is defined as “software whose anomalous behavior, as shown
by the system safety assessment process, would cause or contribute to a failure of system
function resulting in a major failure condition for the aircraft.”
• Hazardous (severe-major) failure condition for malfunction of approach (LP and LPV)
navigation data.
All software involved in LPV, guidance, and I/O processing is categorized as DO-178B
Level B (Hazardous/Severe-Major). Level B software is defined as “software whose
anomalous behavior, as shown by the system safety assessment process, would cause or
contribute to a failure of system function resulting in a hazardous/sever-major failure
condition on the aircraft.” Redundant hardware is employed to support required integrity.
UASC chose to meet this level with dual FMS or single FMS plus an LPV Monitor in
which all precision approach guidance, I/O, and cross-channel monitoring is performed
by the DO-178B Level B SBAS subsystem.
Page 109
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Software Version Marking:
FMC, PAS, and sub-assembly SCNs are marked on the nameplate. GG12W software
(i.e. FC05) are identified by Mod strike on the nameplate as indicated in the table below.
Software Module Name Software Control Number DO-178B Level
FMC FMS Application SCN 1001.X C
FMC MMMS Application SCN 1101.X
FMC MMMS Application SCN 1101.XM
PAS Application SCN 10.X (X=.3 or later) B
FMS Boot SCN 12.X C
Aux Board SCN 1.6 or later C
Analog Board SCN 2.0 or later C
ASCB Board SCN 1.1 or later C
Display/Processor SCN 10.5 or later C
GG12w GPS Module FC05 or later B
UNS-1Ew FC05 = Mod 13
UNS-1Espw FC05 = Mod 13
UNS-1Lw FC05 = Mod 6
UNS-1Fw FC05 = Mod 6
Page 110
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Filing Instructions
Insert this Temporary Change in the FAA Approval section adjacent to Page 111.
Purpose
To add information applicable to the Airborne Electronic Hardware table.
Instructions
Replace the Airborne Electronic Hardware table on Page 111 with the following.
Page 1 of 2
34-60-70-1 11 September 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
3. Airborne Electronic Hardware
Programmable Located on Circuit Means of DAL Classification
Device (PD) Card Assembly Compliance per RTCA/DO-
Description (CCA) 254, Section 1.3
I/O FPGA Daughter, PAS FMS RTCA/DO-254 C Complex
30173110_HCN10.0 03017031( ) CCA
Monitor FPGA Daughter, PAS FMS RTCA/DO-254 C Complex
30173110_HCN10.0 03017031( ) CCA
Display FPGA Display Processor RTCA/DO-254 C Complex
20176210_HCN10.0 02017062( ) CCA
Thales ASIC GPS module GG12W, COTS, previously N/A Complex
SBAS Enabled (Thales certified in DAL B
/ Trimble Navigation) GLS. Predates
P/N 01070915 DO-254
requirement
Glue Logic Auxiliary Predates DO-254 N/A Complex
03017020 CCA
Glue Logic 565 Air Data Analog Predates DO-254 N/A Complex
03192040A CCA
09119561 ASCB Zbus ASCB Ver A BD Predates DO-254 N/A Complex
Interface 03192050B CCA
09119580 ASCB Local
Address decoder
09119550 ASCB
Driver Enable Timer
09119570 ASCB Line
Interface
Glue Logic PLD Display Processor Predates DO-254 N/A Complex
02017061HCN10.1 02017061( ) CCA
20176220_HCN10.1 02017062( ) CCA
Glue Logic PLD CPU 8270 DO-254 N/A Simple
30171010_HCN10.0 03017010 CCA Compliance Not
Glue Logic WAAS ARINC Required per AC N/A Simple
03017030 CCA 20-152 for Simple
AEH
For Airborne Electronic Hardware designated as "Predates DO-254" RTCA/DO-254 section 11.1, "Use
of Previously Developed Hardware" and the applicable sub sections were used in lieu of the objectives
in RTCA/DO254 sections 4 through 8.
Page 2 of 2
34-60-70-1 11 September 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
3. Airborne Electronic Hardware
Programmable Located on Circuit Means of DAL Classification
Device (PD) Card Assembly Compliance per RTCA/DO-
Description (CCA) 254, Section 1.3
I/O FPGA Daughter, PAS FMS RTCA/DO-254 C Complex
30173110_HCN10.0 03017031( ) CCA
Monitor FPGA Daughter, PAS FMS RTCA/DO-254 C Complex
30173110_HCN10.0 03017031( ) CCA
Display FPGA Display Processor RTCA/DO-254 C Complex
20176210_HCN10.0 02017062( ) CCA
Thales ASIC GPS module GG12W, COTS, previously N/A Complex
SBAS Enabled (Thales certified in DAL B
/ Trimble Navigation) GLS. Predates
P/N 01070915 DO-254
requirement
Glue Logic Auxiliary Predates DO-254 N/A Complex
03017020 CCA
Glue Logic 565 Air Data Analog Predates DO-254 N/A Complex
03192040A CCA
09119561 ASCB Zbus ASCB Ver A BD Predates DO-254 N/A Complex
Interface 03192050B CCA
09119580 ASCB Local
Address decoder
09119550 ASCB
Driver Enable Timer
09119570 ASCB Line
Interface
Glue Logic PLD Display Processor Predates DO-254 N/A Complex
02017061HCN10.1 02017061( ) CCA
20176220_HCN10.1 02017062( ) CCA
Glue Logic PLD CPU 8270 DO-254 N/A Simple
30171010_HCN10.0 03017010 CCA Compliance Not
Glue Logic WAAS ARINC Required per AC N/A Simple
03017030 CCA 20-152 for Simple
AEH
Page 111
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
4. Instructions for Continuous Airworthiness, 14 CFR 23.1529,
25.1529, 27.1529 and 29.1529
Permission is hereby granted to use all or part of our statement for STC or FAA Form 337
certification purposes.
Our statement in compliance with 14 CFR 23.1529, 25.1529, 27.1529 and 29.1529 follows:
A. General Information
SYSTEM: UNS-1Lw Flight Management System
Modification of an aircraft by this Supplemental Type Certificate or FAA Form 337 obligates
the aircraft operator to include the maintenance information provided by this document in the
operator’s Aircraft Maintenance Manual and the operator’s Aircraft Scheduled Maintenance
Program.
(1) Maintenance Manual information for the UNS-1Lw (system description, removal,
installation, testing, etc.) is contained in Universal Avionics Systems Corporation’s
(UASC) Installation Manual 34-60-70. System operation is described fully in the
UASC Operator’s Manual Report No. 2423sv1001.
(2) Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) part numbers and other necessary part numbers
contained in the installation data package should be placed in the aircraft operator’s
appropriate aircraft Illustrated Parts Catalog (IPC).
(3) Wiring diagram information contained in this STC / 337 data package should be
placed into the aircraft operator’s appropriate aircraft Wiring Diagram Manuals.
(4) Revision to this document will be accomplished via Service Bulletin and /or
Installation Manual Revision.
B. Airworthiness Limitations
Scheduled Maintenance
Program tasks to be added to the aircraft operator’s appropriate aircraft maintenance program
are as follows:
(1) Recommended Periodic Scheduled Servicing Tasks: None Required.
(2) Recommended Periodic Scheduled Preventative Maintenance Tests/Checks to
Determine System Condition and/or Latent Failures: None Required.
(3) Recommended Periodic Inspections: None Required.
(4) Recommended Periodic Structural Inspections: None Required.
(5) Recommended Replacement Interval: None Required
Unscheduled Maintenance
Unscheduled maintenance may include upgrade of the program software contained in the
FMS. If the FMS is removed and the software changed, the configuration settings should be
checked and amended as necessary in accordance with the instructions contained in
applicable manuals.
Page 112
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
5. Environmental Qualification Forms
The environmental categories under which the FMS is approved (reference RTCA DO-160E)
are listed on the accompanying Environmental Qualification Forms in this section.
Page 113
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: UNS-1Lw Flight Management System and Configuration Module
PART NO.: 3116-X2-X11X & 31921
TSO NUMBER: C115c & C146c
DO178B: Level B/Level C
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85756-5097
DO-160E
Conditions Section Category Description of Conducted Tests
Ground Survival Low Temperature 4.5.1 E1 -55°C
Short Time Operating Low Temperature
Operating Low Temperature 4.5.2 E1 -20°C
Ground Survival High Temperature 4.5.3 A2 +85°C /+70°C
Short Time Operating High Temperature
Operating High Temperature 4.5.4 A2 +70°C
In-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.5 A2 +40°C with cooling removed for 90
minutes
Altitude 4.6.1 E1 +70,000 feet
Decompression 4.6.2 E1 +70,000 feet
Overpressure 4.6.3 A2E1 -15,000 feet
Temperature Variation 5.0 B 5°C per minute
Humidity 6.0 A
Operational Shocks and Crash Safety 7.0 B
Vibration 8.0 SM
SB
Explosion Proofness 9.0 H
Waterproofness 10.0 W
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 X Not Required
Sand and Dust 12.0 X Not Required
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X Not Required
Salt Spray 14.0 X Not Required
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Z Less than 0.3m to cause deflection of 1
degree
Power Input 16.0 Z
Voltage Spike 17.0 A
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 Z
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 ZC
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 R
Emission of Radio Frequency 21.0 M
Lightning Induced Transient 22.0 A3
Susceptibility J33
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X Not Required
Icing 24.0 X Not Required
Electric Discharge 25.0 A
Fire, Flammabilty 26.0 X Not Required
Page 114
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: 4-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit
PART NO.: 1117-XX
TSO NUMBER: C115b,C129a, ETSO-C115b and ETSO-C129a
DO-178B: Level C
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Installation Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
DO-160C
Conditions Section Category Description of Conducted Tests
Low Temperature 4.5.1 A1D1 -20°C Operating, -55°C Survival
High Temperature 4.5.2 A1D1 +85°C Survival, +70°C Short Term
High Temperature 4 4.5.3 A1D1 +55°C Operating,
In-flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 X Not Applicable
Altitude 4.6.1 A1D1 50,000 FT
Decompression 4.6.2 A1 50,000 FT
Overpressure 4.6.3 A1 -15,000 FT
Temperature Variation 5.0 B
Humidity 6.0 A 55°C, 95%, 48 HOURS
Operational Shock and Crash 7.0 Equipment Tested per DO-160C, Para. 7
Safety
Operational Shocks 7.2 6.0 g
Crash Safety 7.3 15.0g, 12.0 g
Vibration 8.0 B, M & N
Explosion 9.0 X N/A, not spark producing and no hot surfaces
Waterproofness 10.0 X N/A, no exposed to falling water in normal
operation
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 X N/A, fluid containment no commonly encountered
Sand and dust 12.0 X N/A, not exposed to blowing sand and dust
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X N/A, not exposed to severe fungus contamination
Salt Spray 14.0 X N/A, not subjected to salt atmosphere
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Z
Power Input 16.0 Z
Voltage Spike 17.0 A
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 Z
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 R
(radiated and conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency 21.0 Z
Lightning Induced Transient 22.0 A3E3 Equipment Tested to Category XXE3 with Method
Susceptibility of AC 20-136
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X Equipment not externally mounted.
Icing 24.0 X Equipment not externally mounted.
Page 115
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: 4-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit
PART NO.: 1117-X-XX3 and 1117-X-XX4
TSO NUMBER: C115b,C129a, ETSO-C115b and ETSO-C129a
DO-178B: Level C
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Installation Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
DO-160D
Conditions Category Description of Conducted Tests
Section
Low Temperature 4.5.1 A1 -15°C Operating, -55°C Survival
High Temperature 4.5.2 A1D1 +85°C Survival, +70°C Short Term
High Temperature 4.5.3 A1D1 +55°C Operating,
In-flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 V 30 Minute Minimum
Altitude 4.6.1 D1 50,000 FT
Decompression 4.6.2 A1 50,000 FT
Overpressure 4.6.3 A1 -15,000 FT
Temperature Variation 5.0 B 5°C per minute
Humidity 6.0 A 55°C, 95%, 48 HOURS
Shock 7.0 B Equipment Tested per DO-160D, Para. 7
Vibration 8.0 SM & SB Fixed Wing Turbo Jet , Turbo Fan (SB)
Fixed Wing Reciprocating, Turboprop (SM)
Explosion 9.0 X N/A, not spark producing and no hot surfaces
Waterproofness 10.0 X N/A, no exposed to falling water in normal
operation
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 X N/A, fluid containment no commonly encountered
Sand and dust 12.0 X N/A, not exposed to blowing sand and dust
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X N/A, not exposed to severe fungus contamination
Salt Spray 14.0 X N/A, not subjected to salt atmosphere
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Z Less than 0.3m to cause deflection of one degree
Power Input 16.0 Z 28 VDC operating with a low capacity or no battery
Voltage Spike 17.0 A High degree of protection against voltage spikes
req’d
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 Z 28 VDC operating with a low capacity or no battery
Susceptibility – Power Inputs
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z Interference free operation is required
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 R&V Ref. DO-160D
(radiated and conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency 21.0 M Equipment not in direct view of receiver antenna.
Equipment located in cabin or cockpit
Lightning Induced Transient 22.0 XXE3 Equipment Tested to Category XXE3 with Method
Susceptibility of AC 20-136
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X N/A, equipment not mounted externally
Icing 24.0 X N/A, equipment mounted in temperature controlled
area
ESD 25.0 A 15,000 Volts
Page 116
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: 4-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit
PART NO.: 1117-X-XX5 and 1117-X-XX6 (without Mod 14)
TSO NUMBER: C115b,C129a, ETSO-C115b and ETSO-C129a
DO-178B: Level C
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Installation Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
DO-160D
Conditions Category Description of Conducted Tests
Section
Low Temperature 4.5.1 A1D1 -55°C Survival , -15°C ( A1), -20°C (D1) Operating
4.5.2 A1D1 +85°C Survival, +70°C Short Term
High Temperature 4.5.3 A1D1 +55°C
In-flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 X
Altitude 4.6.1 A1D1 15,000 ft (A1), 50,000 ft (D1)
Decompression 4.6.2 A1 50,000 FT
Overpressure 4.6.3 A1 -15,000 FT
Temperature Variation 5.0 B 5°C per minute
Humidity 6.0 A 55°C, 95%, 48 HOURS
Shock 7.0 B Equipment tested per DO-160D, Para. 7
Vibration 8.0 SB & SM Fixed Wing Turbo Jet , Turbo Fan (SB)
Fixed Wing Reciprocating, Turboprop (SM)
Explosion 9.0 X Not spark producing and no hot surfaces
Waterproofness 10.0 X N/A, no exposed to falling water in normal
operation
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 X N/A, fluid containment no commonly encountered
Sand and dust 12.0 X N/A, not exposed to blowing sand and dust
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X N/A, not exposed to severe fungus contamination
Salt Spray 14.0 X N/A, not subjected to salt atmosphere
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Z Less than 0.3m to cause deflection of one degree
Power Input 16.0 Z 28 VDC operating with a low capacity or no battery
Voltage Spike 17.0 A High degree of protection against voltage spikes
required
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 Z
28 VDC operating with a low capacity or no battery
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z Interference free operation is required
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 R
HIRF conditions are part of normal environment
(radiated and conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency 21.0 M Equipment not in direct view of receiver antenna.
Equipment located in cabin or cockpit
Lightning Induced Transient 22.0 A3, J33
Ref. DO-160D
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X N/A, equipment not mounted externally
Icing 24.0 X N/A, equipment mounted in temperature controlled
area
ESD 25.0 A 15,000 Volts
Page 117
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: 4-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit
PART NO.: 1117-X-XX5 and 1117-X-XX6 (with Mod 14)
TSO NUMBER: C115b,C129a, ETSO-C115b and ETSO-C129a
DO-178B: Level C
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Installation Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
DO-160E
Conditions Category Description of Conducted Tests
Section
Low Temperature Survival 4.5.1 A1D1 -55°C Survival , -15°C (A1), -20°C (D1) Operating
Low Temperature Short Term 4.5.1 A1D1
+85°C Survival, +70°C Short Term
Operating
Low Temperature Operating 4.5.2 A1D1 -15°C (A1), 20 °C (D1)
High Temperature Survival 4.5.3 A1D1 +85°C
High Temperature Short Term 4.5.3 A1D1 +70°C
Operating
High Temperature Operating 4.5.4 A1D1 +55°C
In-flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.5 X
Altitude 4.6.1 A1D1 15,000 ft (A1), 50,000 ft (D1)
Decompression 4.6.2 A1 50,000 FT
Overpressure 4.6.3 A1 -15,000 FT
Temperature Variation 5.0 B 5°C per minute
Humidity 6.0 A 55°C, 95%, 48 HOURS
Shock 7.0 B
Vibration 8.0 SB Fixed Wing Turbo Jet , Turbo Fan
SM Fixed Wing Reciprocating, Turboprop
U Helicopters with unknown rotor related
frequencies
Explosion 9.0 X Not spark producing and no hot surfaces
Waterproofness 10.0 X N/A, no exposed to falling water in normal
operation
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 X N/A, fluid containment no commonly encountered
Sand and dust 12.0 X N/A, not exposed to blowing sand and dust
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X N/A, not exposed to severe fungus contamination
Salt Spray 14.0 X N/A, not subjected to salt atmosphere
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Z Less than 0.3m to cause deflection of one degree
Power Input 16.0 Z 28 VDC operating with a low capacity or no battery
Voltage Spike 17.0 A High degree of protection against voltage spikes
required
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 Z
28 VDC operating with a low capacity or no battery
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z Interference free operation is required
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 R
HIRF conditions are part of normal environment
(radiated and conducted)
Page 118
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 119
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: 5-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit
PART NO.: 1018-X-XXX (Without Mod 9 or Mod 11)
TSO NUMBER: C115b,C129a, ETSO-C115b and ETSO-C129a
DO-178B: Level C
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85756-5097
DO-160C
Conditions Rev 3 Category Description of Conducted Tests
Section
Low Temperature 4.5.1 A1D1 -20°C Operating, -55°C Survival
Low Operating Temperature 4.5.2 A1D1 +55°C Operating, +85°C Survival
High Temperature 4.5.3 A1D1 +55°C Operating, +85°C Survival
In-flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 X N/A
Altitude 4.6.1 A1D1 50,000 FT
Decompression 4.6.2 A1D1 50,000 FT
Overpressure 4.6.3 A1D1 -15,000 FT
Temperature Variation 5.0 B
Humidity 6.0 A 55°C, 95%, 48 HOURS
Shock 7.0 B Equipment Tested per DO-160C
Vibration 8.0 B, M & N
Explosion 9.0 X
Waterproofness 10.0 X
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 X
Sand and dust 12.0 X
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X
Salt Spray 14.0 X
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Z
Power Input 16.0 Z
Voltage Spike 17.0 A
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 Z
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 R
(radiated and conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency 21.0 Z
Lightning Induced Transient 22.0 A3E3
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X
Icing 24.0 X
Page 120
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: 5-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit
PART NO.: 1018-XX-XX3 (with Mod 9)
TSO NUMBER: C115b,C129a, ETSO-C115b and ETSO-C129a
DO-178B: Level C
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85756-5097
DO-160D
Conditions Category Description of Conducted Tests
Section
Ground Survival and Operating 4.5.1 D1 -20°C
Low Temperature
Ground Survival and Short-time 4.5.2 D1 +85°C /+70°C
High Operating Temperature
Operating High Temperature 4.5.3 D1 +55°C
In-flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 X No external cooling required
Altitude 4.6.1 D1 +50,000 FT
Decompression 4.6.2 A1D1 +50,000 FT
Overpressure 4.6.3 A1D1 -15,000 FT
Temperature Variation 5.0 B >5°C per minute
Humidity 6.0 A 55°C, 95%, 48 HOURS
Shock 7.0 B
Vibration 8.0 S Standard Vibration for fixed wing, profiles B and M
Explosion 9.0 X
Waterproofness 10.0 X
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 X
Sand and dust 12.0 X
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X
Salt Spray 14.0 X
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Z
Power Input 16.0 Z
Voltage Spike 17.0 A
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 Z
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 R, RR
Emission of Radio Frequency 21.0 M
Lightning Induced Transient 22.0 A3, J33
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X
Icing 24.0 X
ESD 25.0 A
Page 121
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: 5-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit
PART NO.: 1018-X-XX3 (with Mod 11)
TSO NUMBER: C115b,C129a, ETSO-C115b and ETSO-C129a
DO-178B: Level C
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
DO-160E
Conditions Category Description of Conducted Tests
Section
Ground Survival Low 4.5.1 A1D1 -55°C Survival, -40°C Short Time
Temperature/Short-Time
Operating Low Temperature
Operating Low Temperature 4.5.2 D1 -20°C
Ground Survival High 4.5.3 A1D1 +85°C Survival, +70°C Short Time
Temperature/Short-Time
Operating High Temperature
Operating High Temperature 4.5.4 A1D1 +70°C
Altitude 4.6.1 D1 70,000 FT
Temperature Variation 5.0 B
Humidity 6.0 A Standard Humidity
Shock 7.0 B Equipment in Fixed Wing and Helicopters tested
for operational Shock
Vibration 8.0 S (M) Standard vibration category S with profile M for
fixed wing aircraft.
U2 Robust vibration for helicopters per DO-160F
Explosion 9.0 X
Waterproofness 10.0 X
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 X
Sand and dust 12.0 X
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X
Salt Spray 14.0 X
Magnetic Effect 15.0 X
Power Input 16.0 Z
Voltage Spike 17.0 X
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 X
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 X
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 R
(radiated and conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency 21.0 M
Lightning Induced Transient 22.0 X
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X
Icing 24.0 X
ESD 25.0 X
Fire, Flammability 26.0 X
Page 122
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: LPV Monitor
PART NO.: 3116-52-1110
TSO NUMBER: C115b,C129a, ETSO-C115b and ETSO-C129a
DO178B: Level B
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85756-5097
DO-160E
Conditions Section Category Description of Conducted Tests
Ground Survival Low Temperature 4.5.1 E1 -55°C
Short Time Operating Low Temperature
Operating Low Temperature 4.5.2 E1 -20°C
Ground Survival High Temperature 4.5.3 A2 +85°C /+70°C
Short Time Operating High Temperature
Operating High Temperature 4.5.4 A2 +70°C
In-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.5 A2 +40°C with cooling removed for 90
minutes
Altitude 4.6.1 E1 +70,000 feet
Decompression 4.6.2 E1 +70,000 feet
Overpressure 4.6.3 A2E1 -15,000 feet
Temperature Variation 5.0 B 5°C per minute
Humidity 6.0 A
Operational Shocks and Crash Safety 7.0 B
Vibration 8.0 SM
SB
Explosion Proofness 9.0 H
Waterproofness 10.0 W
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 X Not Required
Sand and Dust 12.0 X Not Required
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X Not Required
Salt Spray 14.0 X Not Required
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Z Less than 0.3m to cause deflection of 1
degree
Power Input 16.0 Z
Voltage Spike 17.0 A
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 Z
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 ZC
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 R
Emission of Radio Frequency 21.0 M
Lightning Induced Transient 22.0 A3
Susceptibility J33
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X Not Required
Icing 24.0 X Not Required
Electric Discharge 25.0 A
Fire, Flammabilty 26.0 X Not Required
Page 123
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: Data Transfer Unit DTU-100
PART NO.: 1406-( )
TSO NUMBER: C109 and ETSO-C109
DO-178B: Level D
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
DO-160D
Conditions Category Description of Conducted Tests
Section
Low Temperature 4.5.1 C4 0°C
High Temperature 4.5.3 C4 +70°C
In-flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 X
Altitude 4.6.1 C4 +35,000 ft.
Decompression 4.6.2 C4 +35,000 ft.
Overpressure 4.6.3
Temperature Variation 5.0 B
Humidity 6.0 A
Shock 7.0 E
Vibration 8.0 SM
SB
Explosion 9.0 E2
Waterproofness 10.0 X
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 X
Sand and dust 12.0 X
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X
Salt Spray 14.0 X
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Z
Power Input 16.0 Z
Voltage Spike 17.0 A
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 Z
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 V
(radiated and conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency 21.0 M
Lightning Induced Transient 22.0 XXE3
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X
Icing 24.0 X
ESD 25.0 A
Page 124
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: Solid State Data Transfer Unit
PART NO.: 1408-( )
TSO NUMBER: C109 and ETSO-C109
DO178B: Level D
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85756-5097
DO-160E
Conditions Category Description of Conducted Tests
Section
Ground Survival Low Temperature 4.5.1 C4 -55° C Survival Low Temperature
Operating Low Temperature -20° C Operating Low Temperature
Ground Survival High Temperature 4.5.3 C4 +85° C Survival High Temperature
Short Term High Operating Temperature +70° C Operating High Temperature
In-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 X Not Required
Altitude 4.6.1 C4 +35,000 feet
Decompression 4.6.2 C4 +35,000 feet
Overpressure 4.6.3 - -15,000 feet
Temperature Variation 5.0 B
Humidity 6.0 A Standard humidity environment
Operational Shocks and Crash Safety 7.0 B
Vibration 8.0 SM, SB Standard vibration test
Explosion Proofness 9.0 H Hot spot non-spark producing surfaces
Waterproofness 10.0 X Not Required
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 X Not Required
Sand and Dust 12.0 X Not Required
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X Not Required
Salt Spray 14.0 X Not Required
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Z Deflection distance is less than 0.3 m
Power Input 16.0 Z DO-160E allows Z in place of B
Voltage Spike 17.0 A High degree of protection required.
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 Z DO-160E allows Z in place of B
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 ZC Interference-free operation is required
primary power is a constant freq. or DC
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 R Installed in normal HIRF environment
Emission of Radio Frequency 21.0 M
Lightning Induced Transient 22.0 E3
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X Not Required
Icing 24.0 X Not Required
Electric Discharge 25.0 A Air discharge applied to normally
accessible surfaces
Fire, Flammability 26.0 X Not required
Page 125
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: GPS Antenna
PART NO.: 10708
TSO NUMBER: C190
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85756-5097
DO-160E
Conditions Category Description of Conducted Tests
Section
Temperature & Altitude 4.0 F2
Temperature Variation 5.0 A
Humidity 6.0 B
Shock 7.0 BD
Vibration 8.0 S(C,L,M,Y)
U (FF1)
Explosion 9.0 X
Waterproofness 10.0 SY
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 F
Sand and dust 12.0 S
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X
Salt Spray 14.0 S
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Z
Power Input 16.0 X
Voltage Spike 17.0 X
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 X
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 ZCZW
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 Y
(radiated and conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency 21.0 H
Lightning Induced Transient 22.0 A4
Susceptibility J44
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 2A
Icing 24.0 C
ESD 25.0 A
Fire, Flammability 26.0 C
Page 126
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: WAAS/Sirius Dual Element Antenna
PART NO.: 10709
TSO NUMBER: C190
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85756-5097
DO-160E
Conditions Category Description of Conducted Tests
Section
Temperature and Altitude 4.0 F2
Temperature Variation 5.0 A
Humidity 6.0 B
Shock 7.0 BD
Vibration 8.0 S(C,L,M,Y)
U (FF1)
Explosion Proofness 9.0 X
Waterproofness 10.0 SY
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 F
Sand and Dust 12.0 S
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X
Salt Spray 14.0 S
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Z
Power Input 16.0 X
Voltage Spike 17.0 X
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 X
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 ZCZW
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 Y
Emission of Radio Frequency 21.0 H
Lightning Induced Transient 22.0 A4
Susceptibility J44
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 2A
Icing 24.0 C
Electric Discharge 25.0 A
Fire, Flammability 26.0 C
Page 127
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: GPS/XM Dual Element Antenna
PART NO.: 10710
TSO NUMBER: C190
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER: Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85756-5097
DO-160E
Conditions Category Description of Conducted Tests
Section
Temperature and Altitude 4.0 F2
Temperature Variation 5.0 A
Humidity 6.0 B
Shock 7.0 BD
Vibration 8.0 S(C,L,M,Y)
U (FF1)
Explosion Proofness 9.0 X
Waterproofness 10.0 SY
Fluid Susceptibility 11.0 F
Sand and Dust 12.0 S
Fungus Resistance 13.0 X
Salt Spray 14.0 S
Magnetic Effect 15.0 Z
Power Input 16.0 X
Voltage Spike 17.0 X
Audio Frequency Conducted 18.0 X
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 ZCZW
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 Y
Emission of Radio Frequency 21.0 H
Lightning Induced Transient 22.0 A4
Susceptibility J44
Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 2A
Icing 24.0 C
Electric Discharge 25.0 A
Fire, Flammability 26.0 C
Page 128
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
6. Sample Airplane Flight Manual Supplement [1001.X/1101.X]
Prepare an Airplane Flight Manual Supplement using the following sample as a guide.
NOTE: Comments in angle brackets, < >, and italics are explanatory only and should not
appear in the final supplement.
<Name of Applicant>>
<Address of Applicant>
Supplement No.
FAA Approved
Airplane Flight Manual Supplement
To the
Beechcraft King Air F90
Pilot’s Operating Handbook and
Airplane Flight Manual
for Installation of Dual Universal Avionics
UNS-1( )w Flight Management Systems
with Software SCN 1001/1101/1101M
This Supplement must be attached to the FAA Approved Pilot’s Operating Handbook and Airplane Flight
Manual when the aircraft is modified by the installation of Dual Universal Flight Management Systems with
GPS/SBAS Augmentation in accordance with
STC
The information contained herein supplements or supersedes the information of the Pilot’s Operating
Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual only in those areas listed herein. For limitations,
procedures and performance information not contained in this supplement, consult the basic Pilot’s Operating
Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual
Page 129
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
LOG OF REVISIONS
REV PAGES DATE DESCRIPTION FAA APPROVED
ii
_____________________
ii
Date: xx-xxx-2014
1
Page 130
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
LOG OF REVISIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I – GENERAL
SECTION II – LIMITATIONS
SECTION III - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
SECTION IIIA - ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
SECTION IV - NORMAL PROCEDURES
SECTION V - PERFORMANCE DATA
SECTION VI – WEIGHT & BALANCE
SECTION VII - SYSTEMS
APPENDIX – NAVIGATION OPERATIONAL CAPABILITIES
Page 131
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
SECTION I – GENERAL
1. INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION.
The Universal Avionics Systems Corporation dual FMS uses inputs from their integral
GPS/SBAS Receivers, VHF Navigation Receivers and DME Transceivers to provide a
blended position for primary navigation. Each FMS contains an internal TSO-C146c
GPS/SBAS sensor, which cross-communicates to the other FMS such that both systems have
SBAS1 and SBAS2 data as inputs. A Solid State Data Transfer Unit (SSDTU) is used to load
periodic navigation database updates via USB memory devices.
The FMS contain software SCN 1001/1101 which provides capability for point-to-point
navigation, as well as SIDs, STARs, holding patterns and instrument approaches. These
SCNs comply with requirements of TSO-C146c Class Gamma 3 and TSO-C115c. Lateral
and Vertical guidance is provided for en route, terminal area and approach operations,
including “GPS”, “or GPS”, and “RNAV” approaches. Approaches may be autopilot-coupled
both laterally and vertically. Multi-Mission search patterns are available with SCN 1101.
2. LATERAL NAVIGATION APPROVALS.
The Universal Avionics Systems Corporation FMSs have been installed in accordance with
AC 20-138D. Provided the FMS multi-sensor navigation system is receiving usable signals,
it has been demonstrated capable of and has been shown to meet the accuracy requirements
of:
a. This installation complies with AC 20-138D for navigation using GPS and SBAS
(within the coverage of a Space-Based Augmentation System complying with ICAO
Annex 10) for en route, terminal area, non-precision approach operations (including
“GPS”, “or GPS”, and “RNAV” approaches), approach procedures with vertical
guidance (including RNP APCH to LNAV minima, “LNAV/VNAV” and “LPV”).
Navigation information is referenced to the WGS-84 reference system, and should
only be used for approach where the Aeronautical Information Publication (including
electronic data and aeronautical charts) conform to WGS-84 or equivalent.
b. This installation meets the with equipage and accuracy requirements ofA20-138D and
Paragraph 10-2 and FAA Order 8400.12C paragraph 13.b.(3),Required Navigation
Performance 10 (RNP10).
The UNS-1( )w GPS equipment as installed has been found to comply with the
requirements for GPS Class II oceanic and remote navigation without reliance on
other long-range navigation systems when used in conjunction with the Universal
Avionics UFP prediction program. This does not constitute an operational approval.
c. This installation complies with equipage and accuracy requirements of AC 90-96A
Appendix 1 paragraph 1,d,(3),(a) for B-RNAV in designated B-RNAV airspace, and
Appendix 2 paragraph 2,a,(3),(a) for P-RNAV in designated P-RNAV airspace. This
does not constitute an operational approval.
Page 132
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
The table details time limitations placed on RNP-10 and B-RNAV operations with minimum
sensors in NAV mode.
Sensors available RNP-10 Limitations RNP-5 (B-RNAV) Limitations
(Minimum dual FMSs required) (Minimum single FMS required)
GPS/SBAS only NA No time limitation when used in
conjunction with FDE program.
VOR/DME only NA No time limitation
DME/DME only NA No time limitation
Page 133
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
SECTION II – LIMITATIONS
1. The FMS Operator’s Manual, Report Nos. 2423sv1001/1101 and FMS Quick Reference
Guide, P/N 2411sv1001/1101 must be available to the flight crew whenever navigation is
predicated upon the use of the Universal Avionics Flight Management System.
2. Both FMSs must be powered on and operational to fly RNAV (GPS) approaches with LPV
minima. Additionally the FMS must be configured for synchronized operations in accordance
with AC-20-138D 14-4.a
3. The pilot shall, while flying an RNAV (GPS) approach with LPV minima, verify that “LPV”
is properly annunciated and that navigation data is valid. This check shall take place inside
the final approach fix and in no case later than 1000 feet above the runway threshold.
4. The system must utilize software version SCN 1001.X/1101.X, where X represents FAA
approved minor changes.
5. IFR, enroute and terminal navigation are prohibited unless the pilot verifies the currency of
the database or verifies each selected Waypoint for accuracy by reference to current approved
data.
6. Instrument approaches must be accomplished in accordance with approved instrument
approach procedures that are retrieved from the FMS database.
a. Instrument approaches must be conducted in the Approach mode, and GPS Integrity
monitoring (when using GPS/SBAS including “GPS”, “or GPS”, and “RNAV”
approaches) must be available at the Final Approach Fix, as indicated to the pilot by
the ‘INTEG’ amber Annunciator being off.
b. GPS/SBAS can only be used for approach guidance when navigation information is
referenced to the WGS-84 reference system, and should only be used where the
Aeronautical Information Publication (including electronic data and aeronautical
charts) conform to WGS-84 or equivalent.
c. GPS/SBAS sensors must be retained for all GPS approaches and any approach with a
“G” suffix to the approach identifier on the approach arrival page. GPS will be
deselected for any pilot-defined “VOR” or “VOR/DME” RNAV approaches.
d. Pilot-defined IFR approaches must be defined using waypoints from the FMS
navigation database.
e. SCN 1001/1101 does not support LP approach types, and are not present in the
navigation database.
f. The FMS is approved for pilot-defined VFR approaches as a VFR pilot aid only.
g. The TSO-C146c FMS has an alternate airport flight planning limitation. Refer to
sections 1-1-19, 1-1-20, 1-2-3 and 5-4-5 in the Aeronautical Information Manual for
specific operational guidance.
7. Displayed FMS navigation parameters are referenced to Magnetic North, and operation of the
aircraft is limited to latitudes between N73o and S60o, unless magnetic variation is manually
entered by the flight crew.
Page 134
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
8. Advisory vertical guidance deviation information is only an aid to help pilots comply with
altitude restrictions. When using advisory vertical guidance, the pilot must use the primary
barometric altimeter to ensure compliance with all altitude restrictions, particularly during
instrument approach operations including step-down fixes. (See paragraph 4 under
NORMAL PROCEDURES)
9. This installation includes Universal Avionics FlexPerf performance software. Aircraft
FlexPerf ™ supplement, FlexPerf-F90-1 must be available to the flight crew whenever the
function is used. FlexPerf™ performance data is limited to advisory use only and does not
replace preflight fuel planning or substitute for the aircraft’s certified fuel gaging systems.
10. This installation includes Universal Avionics Airdrop software (SCN 1101.XM)
functionality, which is restricted (ITAR) to authorized military operators only. Report No.
2423AirdropM, “FMS Operator’s Manual Airdrop Supplement SCN 1101M or Later” must
be available to the flight crew whenever the function is used.
11. This installation requires the use of a current DO-200A Navigation Database available from
Universal Avionics, which approved by a Type 2 Letter of Authorization (LOA) from the
FAA.
12. The FMS does not support fixed-radius transitions. Procedures containing fixed-radius
transitions will be removed from the navigation database.
Page 135
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
SECTION III - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
NO CHANGE TO AFM
SECTION IIIA - ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
1. If GPS integrity is lost, as indicated by a Message and ‘INTEG’ annunciation, continue
navigating using the GPS equipment or revert to an alternate means of navigation appropriate
to the route and phase of flight, as required by regulation. When continuing to use GPS
navigation, position should be verified every fifteen minutes using another approved
navigation system as may be required by regulation. Note, that the INTEG annunciation can
be illuminated by loss of RAIM as well as other Fault Detection logic within the GPS/SBAS
subsystem.
2. Should an FMS system component fail, in most cases the CDU will go blank or the ‘FMS
MSG’ light will flash. Depressing the MSG key will display the Message Page, which will
indicate the component which has failed.
3. If sensor information is intermittent or lost, utilize remaining operational navigation
equipment as may be required by regulation.
4. Internal failure modes are annunciated to the pilot based on position within an approach.
a. On an LPV approach while still outside the FAF, if either FMS detects a failure that
will not support the required integrity for LPV, the FMS will fail down to the next
highest level of service (i.e. LPV to LNAV/VNAV or LPV to LNAV). This will be
annunciated to the pilot on the PFD as a change to Level of Service (LOS) and on the
CDU. The pilot may choose to continue the approach using the new LOS and should
adjust the DA/DH to the published MDA of the new LOS.
b. On an LPV approach once inside the FAF, if either FMS detects a failure that will not
support the required integrity for LPV, the FMS will;
(1) Flag both lateral and vertical navigation on the PFD. The pilot should select
missed approach, which will return lateral navigation and the ability to fly the
published missed approach procedure, or …
(2) … Flag only the Vertical navigation scale and maintain lateral deviation. The
pilot may select to continue the approach using the new LOS and should
adjust the DA/DH to the published MDA of the new LOS. Note that the flight
director will also be flagged and APPR may be re-selected on the flight
guidance panel to display the flight director command bars. There will be no
vertical guidance provided.
5. The FMS and associated components are protected by the following circuit breakers:
C/B Name Amps Location Bus
FMS No. 1 5 Copilot 28VDC Avionics BAT BUS
FMS No. 2 5 Copilot 28VDC Avionics GEN 1
SSDTU 1 Copilot 28VDC Avionics GEN 1
Page 136
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
SECTION IV - NORMAL PROCEDURES
1. OPERATION
Normal operating procedures are outlined in the FMS Operator’s Manual, Report No.
2423sv1001/1101 and FlexPerf-F90-1 Operator’s Manual Supplement.
2. NAVIGATION DATABASE VERIFICATION.
After power-on self-tests have been completed, the INITIALIZATION page will appear. The
field “NAV DATABASE EXPIRES” followed by a date will be displayed. If the actual date
is later than that displayed, the FMS will notify the pilot with a “DATABASE EXPIRED”
message. Refer to the Operator’s Manual for navigation database update instructions.
3. FMS SYNC OPERATION:
This installation is configured for SYNC operation. Reference FMS Operator’s Manual,
Report No. 2423sv1001/1101 for instructions on SYNC operation.
4. ALTITUDE SOURCE FOR GPS/SBAS APPROACH VNAV
If the annunciated Level of Service (LOS) is LPV or LNAV/VNAV, then the FMS will use
GPS altitude for approach vertical guidance. If the annunciated Level of Service (LOS) is
LNAV or there is NO LOS annunciated, the FMS will use barometric altitude for approach
vertical guidance.
5. SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS
Each FMS outputs the following annunciations to an Electronic Flight Instrument System
(EFIS) displays in the cockpit.
FUNCTION Color Annunciation
Message Amber MSG1 or 2 ***
GPS/SBAS Integrity Amber INTEG ***
Position Uncertain Amber POS ***
FMS Guidance Coupled Magenta * FMS **
FMS Heading Mode Magenta FMS HDG **/***
Selected Cross Track Magenta FMS SXTK **
SXTK ***
Waypoint Sequencing Flashing Wpt Name **,***
FMS Approach Mode Magenta * FMS APPR APPR **
***
VNAV Approach Magenta * PGS **
Go Around (Missed approach) Magenta GA **
Level of Service Green LPV LNV/VNV LNAV **
* White when Armed ** Displayed on PFD *** Displayed on ND
GPS/SBAS INTEG will illuminate when integrity cannot be 2.0 nm en route
maintained for the following phases of flight: 1.0 nm terminal area
0.3 nm approach
Page 137
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
6. Universal Avionics EFI-890R display of FMS information
a. FMS information is displayed on the Universal Electronic Flight Instrument (EFI)
displays. The associated EFI Control Panel provides control of each display. See the
appropriate Operator’s Manual, as applicable, for each EFI display system.
b. Lateral full-scale display deviation meets the requirements of TSO-C146c (2.0 nm
full scale for en route, 1.0 nm for terminal and 0.3 nm for Approach).
7. En Route and Terminal Area Flight Control System Operation
a. With ‘FMS’ mode selected by using the EFI Control Panel, the respective FMS
information can be presented as Flight Director steering commands by pressing the
[NAV] button of the SPZ-200A flight director mode selector panel
b. With reasonable navigation data being displayed, the steering information can be
Autopilot-coupled, to the pilot’s or copilot’s Flight Director system, by pressing the
‘AP ENGAGE’ button on the SPZ-200A Autopilot Controller.
8. Approach Operations
NOTE: ILS approaches can be retrieved from the database and linked to the flight plan, but
cannot be armed or activated as FMS approaches. The FMS can be used to provide
navigation up to the final approach fix (FAF), at which point the EFI navigation
source must be changed to display ILS data, which can be coupled to the Flight
Control System (FCS). FMS can again be selected as the NAV source for the
missed approach guidance after missed approach / Go Around has been selected.
NOTE: GPS/SBAS sensors will be retained for all GPS approaches and any approach with
a “G” suffix to the approach identifier on the approach arrival page. GPS will be
deselected for any pilot-defined “VOR” or “VOR/DME” RNAV approaches. Refer
to the FMS Operator’s Manual Approach Procedures.
a. All FMS supported approach types may be linked into the flight plan and then
laterally and vertically coupled to the FCS as follows:
b. Approach Transition: When an entire approach transition (e.g., procedure turn, DME
arc, etc.) is to be flown follow these recommended procedures. With the desired
DIRECT TO, FROM/TO leg or desired FMS Heading selected, press FCS [NAV]
button of the flight director mode selector panel. When the FMS has automatically
activated the approach, denoted by the approach Annunciator displayed on the
associated EFI display, press the [APPR] button of the Flight Control Panel, once
established inbound on the final approach course. When the FCS has captured the
lateral approach mode, the vertical deviation scale will activate on the EFI display,
with the appropriate vertical annunciation for the armed condition. Once vertical
mode is captured, the display will change annunciation as appropriate. Continue
monitoring both lateral and vertical deviations throughout the duration of the
approach. If required, initiate ‘Missed Approach Procedures’ as described in the FMS
Operator’s Manual.
Page 138
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
NOTE: If dissimilar LOSs are annunciated, the approach may be continued to the
published minimum using the best LOS available if the LOS flight
guidance used is displayed on the flying pilot’s PFD. If the approach is
coupled, the same FMS providing flight guidance to the PFD for the pilot
flying must be used for the autopilot.
NOTE: Step-down fixes on an LPV approach have no effect on the approach
vertical path, but are presented on the map display, and should be ignored
by the flight crew. Bearing and Distance to Waypoint displayed on PFD are
always to the next waypoint, including step-down fixes on LPV
approaches. Distance to the approach LTP/FTP are displayed on the FMS
CDU, NAV page 4/4.
CAUTION: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD THE APPROACH
BE CONTINUED TO LPV MINIMA WITHOUT LPV BEING
ANNUNCIATED ON THE CONTROLLING SIDE.
9. Vectors to Final:
If given vectors by ATC to join the final approach course, manually activate the approach on
FMS NAV page 1/3. The FMS will enter the commanded heading mode, the EFI displays
will now display final approach course data. The INTERCEPT prompt will be presented on
the CDU when the aircraft heading is within 80 degrees of the final approach course, on
NAV page 1/3. When cleared to join the final approach course, press the “INTERCEPT” line
select key to intercept the final approach course. Ensure that commanded heading mode on
the CDU is canceled. Select [APPR] on the FCS Flight Control Panel, once established
inbound, to track the final approach course. See approach operation above for vertical
coupling.
10. Missed Approach
Pressing the FCS Go Around (GA) switch (on the LH power lever) will sequence the FMS to
the ‘Missed Approach’ legs after sequencing the MAWP. Reselect [NAV] mode using the
appropriate FCS Flight Control Panel by 500 feet AGL.
NOTE: Guidance is provided to the runway threshold or missed approach point. It is the
pilot’s responsibility to level out at MDA or to commence the missed approach
procedure at the DA/DH, if the runway environment is not in sight.
11. Advanced Approach Operations
Advanced approaches may be identified by the prefix “A” to the approach identifier on the
approach arrival page, or in the navigation database. These approach types are characterized
by course changes within the final approach segment of greater than 6 degrees and/or having
multiple flight path angles. To avoid excessive deviations from course, these approaches may
need to be flown in FCS [NAV] mode until on the final leg of the approach. Select FCS
[APPR] after sequencing the final waypoint to engage vertical flight guidance.
12. Vertical Navigation
Vertical Navigation (VNAV) information is displayed on the EFI display and is available for
enroute, terminal or approach descents. Pitch steering commands for enroute and terminal
VNAV operations are not provided to the Flight Control System.
Page 139
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
13. Autopilot Operations
Caution should be exercised when using the autopilot “SOFT RIDE” mode during RNP
procedures. The flight crew should monitor ANP vs. RNP to ensure that flight path
containment is maintained.
14. Aircraft Systems Using FMS / GPS Position, Velocity, and/or Time
The flight crew should be aware that downstream aircraft systems that use GPS Position,
Velocity, and/or Time from the FMS will be affected by a GPS outage due to external GPS
interference. These system may include, but are not limited to, TAWS (Forward Looking
Terrain Avoidance), Synthetic Vision (Vision-1™), ADS-B, FANS (CPDLC and ADS-C),
Application Server Unit (ASU), and AHRS. During periods of GPS outage, any functions of
these systems that rely on GPS Position, Velocity, and/or Time will be unavailable.
Page 140
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
SECTION V - PERFORMANCE DATA
NO CHANGE TO AFM.
SECTION VI – WEIGHT & BALANCE
NO CHANGE TO AFM.
SECTION VII - SYSTEMS
NO CHANGE TO AFM
Page 141
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
APPENDIX - NAVIGATION OPERATIONAL CAPABILITIES
The navigation equipment as installed has been found to comply with the requirements established
for the following navigation specifications:
Navigation Operational Required Equipment Reference Guidance
Specification Requirements /
Authorizations
Oceanic and Remote GNSS FDE availability GNSS FDE availability Meets the applicable
Areas of Operation must be verified prior to must be verified prior to requirements of
(Class II Navigation) flight. Maximum flight. Maximum AC20-138D,
predicted FDE predicted FDE AC90-100A,
unavailability is 25 unavailability is 25 AC91-70,
minutes. No time limit minutes. No time limit FAA Order 8400.33.
using GNSS as the using GNSS as the
This does not constitute
primary navigation primary navigation
an operational approval.
sensor. sensor.
North Atlantic (NAT) GNSS FDE availability Two UNS-1( )w FMS Meets the applicable
must be verified prior to installed systems, requirements of
Minimum Navigation
flight. Maximum operating and receiving AC20-138D,
Performance
predicted FDE usable navigation AC91-70,
Specifications (MNPS)
unavailability is 25 information from each of AC91-49
minutes. the dual GNSS sensors
This does not constitute
(or one FMS and one
No time limit using GNSS an operational approval.
GNSS sensor for those
as the primary navigation
routes requiring only one
sensor.
long range
RNAV-10 RNP-10 GNSS FDE availability Two UNS-1( )w FMS Meets the applicable
must be verified prior to installed systems, requirements of
flight. Maximum operating and receiving AC20-138D
predicted FDE usable navigation FAA Order 8400.12C.
unavailability is 25 information from each of
minutes. the dual GNSS sensors. This does not constitute
an operational approval.
EPU/ANP does not
exceed
RNP.
No time limit using GNSS
as the primary
B-RNAV/RNAV-5 RNP-5 EPU/ANP does not At least UNS-1( )w FMS Meets the applicable
exceed RNP. installed system is requirements of
receiving usable AC20-138D,
No time limit using GNSS
navigation information AC90-96A,
as the primary navigation
from one or more of the AC90-100A,
sensor.
following sensors: EASA AMC 20-4.
1. Multiple DMEs, or
2. GNSS sensor.
Page 142
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Navigation Operational Required Equipment Reference Guidance
Specification Requirements /
Authorizations
RNP-4 Oceanic and GNSS FDE availability Two UNS-1( )w FMS Meets the applicable
Remote Area must be verified prior to installed RNP navigation requirements of
Operations. flight. Maximum systems, operating and AC20-138D,
predicted FDE receiving usable FAA Order 8400.33.
unavailability is 25 navigation information
minutes. from each of the dual This does not constitute
GNSS sensors. an operational approval.
EPU/ANP does not
exceed RNP.
No time limit using GNSS
as the primary
RNAV-2
GNSS is required for At least one UNS-1( )w Meets the applicable
RNAV-1
takeoff in P-RNAV FMS installed system is requirements of
P-RNAV
airspace. receiving usable AC20-138D,
navigation information AC90-105,
RNAV Routes (DPs, GNSS FDE availability
from one or more of the AC90-96A,
STARS, Q and T Routes) must be verified prior to
following sensors: AC90-100A,
RNP-2 flight for DPs that require
JAA TGL 10.
RNP-1 GNSS. 1. Multiple DMEs, or
2. GNSS sensor This does not constitute
EPU/ANP does not
(required for takeoff in P- an operational approval.
exceed RNP .
RNAV airspace and
No time limit using GNSS some DPs).
as the primary navigation
sensor.
Page 143
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Navigation Operational Required Equipment Reference Guidance
Specification Requirements /
Authorizations
RNP-APCH [titled RNAV All instrument approach At least one UNS-1( )w Meets the applicable
(GPS) or RNAV procedures that are FMS installed system is requirements of,
(GNSS)]
-including retrieved from the receiving usable AC20-138D,
RNP procedures to a navigation system navigation information AC90-105,
minimum value of RNP- database are authorized. from a GNSS sensor EASA AMC 20-27.
0.3 (LNAV minimums). (required for RNAV
GNSS is required to This does not constitute
(GPS) approach
RNP AR-APCH initiate RNAV (GPS) an operational approval.
procedures)
procedures, and approach procedures.
approach procedures For RNAV(GPS)
with RF legs are NOT approach procedures, a
authorized. missed approach is
required if both GNSS
sensors become
unavailable
EPU/ANP does not
exceed RNP (except
during a missed
approach procedure
following loss of GNSS
navigation).
Maximum predicted
RAIM outage is 5
minutes.
For ILS, LOC, LOC-BC,
LOA, and SDF approach
procedures, the active
navigation source must
be LOC or BC (green
needles) prior to crossing
the final approach fix.
Advanced RNP capability The following Advanced At least one UNS-1( )w Meets the applicable
RNP functions are FMS installed system is requirements of,
supported: receiving usable AC 20-138D A3-1.b.(1)
RF legs navigation information for the U.S. definition of
Parallel offsets from a GNSS sensor advanced RNP: RF legs,
RNAV holding (required for RNAV Parallel offsets, and
Scalable RNP (for (GPS) approach Scalable RNP.
terminal procedures only) procedures)
Enroute, Terminal and Use of Vertical Glidepath The selected navigation Meets the applicable
Approach Vertical (GP) guidance to a system is receiving requirements of
Navigation (VNAV) published DA is usable information for a AC20-138D,
approved. baro-VNAV (or SBAS, if AC90-100A,
applicable) solution. AC90-105,
EASA AMC 20-27.
Page 144
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 1 August 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Equipment Specifications
1. Equipment Identification
A. UNS-1Lw FMS Equipment
UNS-1Lw FMS Equipment
Component Name Part Number
FMS – Flight Management System 3116–X2–X11X and 3116-X2-X11XM
Configuration Module 31921
5-Inch Flat Panel CDU 1018-X-XXX
4-Inch Flat Panel CDU 117-XX, 1117-X-XXX
Multifunction Control Display Unit (MCDU) 1025-01-X11
LPV Monitor 3116-52-1110
DTU-100 – Data Transfer Unit 1406–01–1X
1407–01–1X (Portable unit)
SSDTU – Solid State Data Transfer Unit 1408-00-X
1409-00-2 (Portable Unit)
GPS/SBAS Antenna 10708
GPS/SBAS Sirius Dual Element Antenna 10709
GPS/SBAS XM Dual Element Antenna 10710
Page 201
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
B. Compatible Peripheral Equipment
Compatible Peripheral Equipment
Component Name Part Number
Application Server Unit (ASU) 3040-06-0X
LCS Loran-C Sensor 1040
LCS-850 Loran-C Sensor 1045–01
LCS – Loran–C Antenna 10401
10402 (LCS–850)
GPS-1000 GPS Sensor 1075–01
GPS-1000A GPS Sensor 1078-01
GPS-1200 GPS Sensor 1080–01
GLS-1250 GPS Landing System 1086-01-00
GNSS-2400 GPS/GLONASS Sensor 1078-02
RRS – Radio Reference Sensor 1058–01–1X
RTU – Radio Tuning Unit
Collins CSDB 1055
ARINC RTU 1056–01–1X
Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS) 3010-0X-0X
UL-600 UniLink 1065-XX-0X0
UL-601 UniLink 1066-XX-0X0
UL-700 UniLink 1067-XX-XXX
UL-701 UniLink 1068-XX-XXX
UL-800 UniLink 10800-00
UL-801 UniLink 10801-XX
UniVision 3070-0X-0X
Vision-1 3015-00-00
Page 202
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
C. Technical Manuals
NOTE: Refer to the following manuals for further information about compatible peripheral
equipment. These manuals are available from Universal Avionics Systems
Corporation.
Technical Manuals
Component Report Number
Application Server Unit (ASU) Report No. 46-20-03
FMS Configuration Manual Report No. 34-61-XX
FMS Interface Manual Report No. 34-60-53
LCS - Loran–C Antenna Report No. 34-50-13
LCS – Loran-C Sensor Report No. 34-50-13
GPS-1000 GPS Sensor Report No. 34-50-03
GPS-1000A GPS Sensor Report No. 34-50-08
GPS-1200 GPS Sensor Report No. 34-50-04
GLS-1250 GPS Landing System Report No. 34-30-01
GNSS-2400 GPS/GLONASS Sensor Report No. 34-50-08
RRS - Radio Reference Sensor Report No. 34-50-10
RTU – Radio Tuning Unit Report No. 23-80-05
Collins CSDB
ARINC RTU
Terrain Awareness and Warning System Report No. 34-40-01
UL-600 UniLink Report No. 23-20-01
UL-601 UniLink Report No. 23-20-02
UL-700 UniLink Report No. 23-20-03
UL-701 UniLink Report No. 23-20-04
UL-800 UniLink Report No. 23-20-05
UL-801 UniLink Report No. 23-20-06
UniVision Report No. 23-30-03
Universal Cockpit Display (UCD) Report No. 46-20-01
Vision-1 Report No. 34-40-03
Page 203
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
D. UNS-1Lw Part Number Matrix
3116 - X 2 - X 1 1 X (M)
MMMS = 3
FMS = 4
4 Engine, ARINC: 5 Output/8 Input = 2
CPU Memory Board = 1
Reserved for Future Use = 2
FLEXPERF = 3
Auxilliary Board = 1
ARINC Board = 1
Dual ARINC (All Digital) = 0
ASCB Version A = 3
Dual ARINC & Analog = 6
Military Version (MMMS Only) = M
E. Configuration Module
The part number of the Configuration Module is 31921.
F. 5-Inch FPCDU
1018 - X - X X X
No Video = 1
Video = 2
Gray = 1
Black = 2
Gray, NVG = 5
Black, NVG = 6
No Graphics = 0
UniLink Graphics Capable = 1
Standard Glass = 0
Hi-Resolution Glass = 3
Page 204
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
G. 4-Inch FPCDU (P/N 1117-XX)
1117 - X X
Basic P/N
Aft Position = 5
Forward Position = 6
Gray = 1
Black = 2
1117 - X - X X X
Basic P/N
No Video = 1
Video = 2
Gray = 1
Black = 2
Gray, NVG = 5
Black, NVG = 6
No Graphics = 0
UniLink Graphics Capable = 1
Aft Position = 5
Forward Position = 6
Basic P/N
Future Use Variable = 0
Future Use Variable = 1
Gray = 1
Black = 2
Gray, NVG = 5
Black, NVG = 6
Future Use Variable = 1
Page 205
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
J. Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100)
1406 - 01 - X
Future Use
Gray Faceplate = 1
Black Faceplate = 2
Future Use
Future Use
Gray Faceplate = 1
Black Faceplate = 2
M. Portable SSDTU
1409 - 00 - 2
Future Use
Black Faceplate = 2
Page 206
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
N. UNS-1Lw Part Number Configuration
(1) All Digital Configuration (P/N 3116–X2–X110)
This configuration has a CPU board, SBAS/ARINC board, SBAS/Analog board and
Auxiliary board. This option supports aircraft that do not require analog interfaces
other than annunciators and fuel flow inputs.
(2) ASCB Version A Configuration (P/N 3116–X2–X113)
This configuration has a CPU board, SBAS/ARINC board, SBAS/Analog board,
ASCB board and Auxiliary board. The ASCB board provides the FMS with an
interface to the ASCB Version A data bus that was developed by Honeywell and
supplements ARINC, CSDB and analog interfaces of the FMS. The ASCB board
hardware supports data bus Version A only.
(3) Digital and Analog Configuration (P/N 3116–X2–X116)
This configuration has a CPU board, SBAS/ARINC board, SBAS/Analog board,
Analog board and Auxiliary board. The Analog board supplies AC pitch steering
outputs. These options are wired for analog navigational signals.
(4) Military Version Configuration (P/N 3116-X2-X11XM)
This configuration has special Airdrop and ARC Search capabilities. This version is
applicable to the Multi-Mission Management System (MMMS) version of the FMS.
Page 207
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
2. Power Specifications
Power specifications for the components of the FMS and compatible peripherals are as
follows:
NOTE: Current and power values for the FMS include powering one integrated FPCDU. In
addition, FMS power specifications are based on the particular configuration that
will consume the most power. All other configurations use less.
Component Current (A @ V) Power (W @ V)
Type Part Number 19.0 V 27.5 V 32.0 V 19.0 V 27.5 V 32.0 V
Min Nominal Max Min Nominal Max
FMS 3116–X2–111X 3.21 2.70 2.64 60.99 74.25 84.48
5-Inch FPCDU 1018-X-XXX 0.9 0.6 0.6 17.1 16.5 19.2
4-Inch FPCDU 1117-XX 0.9 0.6 0.6 17.1 16.5 19.2
4-Inch FPCDU 1117-X-XX3 0.9 0.87 0.75 17.1 23.93 24.0
1117-X-XX4
w/o Mod 9
4-Inch FPCDU 1117-X-XX3 1.15 1.50 1.55 21.85 41.25 49.60
1117-X-XX4
with Mod 9
4-Inch FPCDU 1117-X-XX5 0.74 0.51 0.44 14.06 14.03 14.08
1117-X-XX6
LPV Monitor 3116-52-1110 3.21 2.70 2.64 60.99 74.25 84.48
RTU 1055 0.5 0.3 0.3 9.5 8.3 9.6
RTU (ARINC) 1056-01-XX 0.7 0.5 0.4 13.8 13.2 12.8
DTU-100 1406 0.3 0.3 0.2 5.7 11.0 6.4
Portable 1407 0.3 0.4 0.2 5.7 11.0 6.4
DTU-100
SSDTU 1408-00-X 0.41 0.3 0.28 7.79 8.4 8.96
Portable 1409-00-2 0.41 0.3 0.28 7.79 8.4 8.96
SSDTU
RRS 1058 1.1 0.8 0.7 20.9 22.0 19.2
LCS 1040 1.1 0.7 0.6 20.9 19.3 19.2
GPS-1000 1075-01 0.33 0.23 0.20 6.27 6.33 6.40
GPS-1200 1080-01 0.4 0.3 0.3 7.6 8.3 9.6
Page 208
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
3. Equipment Specifications
The following tables list the physical, environmental and electrical parameters of the Flight
Management System.
A. UNS-1Lw FMS
Characteristics Specifications
Size 2MCU – 2.24” W x 7.64” H x 15.26" D
Weight: 6.7 lbs.
Mounting 2MCU Rack
Power Requirements (nominal) 27.5 VDC, 2.70 A, 74.25 W
Page 209
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
D. LPV Monitor (P/N 3116–52–1110)
Characteristics Specifications
Size 2MCU – 2.24” W x 7.64” H x 15.26" D
Weight: 6.7 lbs.
Mounting 2MCU Rack
Power Requirements (nominal) 27.5 VDC, 2.70 A, 74.25 W
Page 210
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
G. Portable SSDTU (P/N 1409-00-2)
Characteristics Specifications
Unit Size 6” W x 12.5” H x 5.5" D
Weight N/A
Power Requirements 27.5 VDC, 0.3 A, 8.4 W
Cooling N/A
Mounting SSDTU mounted in portable carrying case
Interconnect Wiring Harness P/N 81304072 – PSSDTU J1 to aircraft bulkhead J1
Part Numbers (see NOTE) (New installation and previous Portable DTU-100
Contact Universal Avionics for connection)
more information. P/N 81140811 – PSSDTU J2 to aircraft bulkhead J2
(Previous Portable DTU-100 connection)
P/N 81140821 – PSSDTU J2 to aircraft bulkhead J2
(New installation)
NOTE: When using the Portable SSDTU in new installations or upgrading the Portable
DTU-100 bulkhead connectors to the Portable SSDTU bulkhead connectors, up
to 8 Ethernet ports may be wired and configured.
When bulkhead connectors from a prior Portable DTU-100 installation are used
for the Portable SSDTU, up to 4 Ethernet ports may be available for use and
configuration. Consult aircraft wiring diagrams to verify the number of Ethernet
ports that are wired.
Page 211
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
H. GPS/SBAS Antenna (P/N 10708)
Characteristics Specifications
Weight 0.5 lbs.
Frequency 1575.42 ±10.23 MHz
VSWR ≤ 1.5:1
Polarization Right Hand Circular
Radiation Pattern Elevation Angle Gain (dBic)
(degrees
0 -5
5 -3.5
10 0
20 2
30 2
30<Elev.<75 2.5
>75 3.0
Impedance 50 Ohms
Gain 30 ±3 dB
Stability Unconditionally stable for any source or load
impedance
Power Handling 1 Watt
Power Requirements 4.5-15 VDC
Power Consumption 60.0 mA (max)
Rejection @ SatCom frequency of 1625 >60 dB
MHz
Icing With 0.050” thick hard ice on radome, a gain
decrease of no greater than 2 dB from no ice
condition when signal viewed at 30 degrees or
greater elevation with respect to horizon.
TSO C190
Page 212
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
I. GPA/SBAS Sirius Dual Element Antenna (P/N 10709)
Overall Antenna Specifications
Characteristics Specifications
Weight 0.5 lbs.
Altitude 55,000 ft.
Operating Temperature -55ºC to +71ºC
Storage Temperature -55ºC to +85ºC
GPS Connector TNCF
SIRIUS Connector TNCF
GPS Antenna Specifications
Frequency 1575.42 ±10.23 MHz
Polarization Right Hand Circular
Axial Ratio 3 dB Max at Bore Site
Radiation Pattern Elevation Angle Gain (dBic)
0º -5
5º -3.5
10º 0
20º 2
30º 2
30º< Elev. ≤75º 2.5
>75º 3.0
Gain 30 ±3 dB
Impedance 50 Ohms
VSWR ≤ 1.5:1
Power Handling 1 Watt
Power Requirements 4.5-15 VDC
Power Consumption 60.0 mA (Max)
Sirius Antenna Specifications
Frequency 2319.5 – 2332.5 MHz
Polarization Left Hand Circular
Axial Ratio 3 dB Max at Bore Site
Radiation Pattern Elevation Angle Gain (dBic)
5º -10
15º -3
5º Increments 30º≤ Elev. ≤60º 0
Bore Site 5
Gain 24.5 ±2 dB
Impedance 50 Ohms
VSWR ≤ 1.5:1
Power Requirements 3.6-5.5 VDC
Power Consumption 55.0 mA (Max)
TSO TSO-C190
Page 213
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
J. GPS/SBAS XM Dual Element Antenna (P/N 10710)
Overall Antenna Specifications
Characteristics Specifications
Weight 0.5 lbs.
Altitude 55,000 ft.
Operating Temperature -55ºC to +70ºC
Storage Temperature -55ºC to +85ºC
GPS Connector TNCF
XM Connector TNCF
GPS Antenna Specifications
Frequency 1575.42 ±10.23 MHz
Polarization Right Hand Circular
Axial Ratio 3 dB Max at Bore Site
Radiation Pattern Elevation Angle Gain (dBic)
0º -5
5º -3.5
10º 0
20º +2
30º +2
30º< Elev. ≤75º +2.5
>75º +3.0
Gain 30 ±3 dB
Impedance 50 Ohms
VSWR ≤ 1.5:1
Rejection at SatCom Freq 1625 MHz 50 dB
Power Handling 1 Watt
Power Requirements 4.5-15 VDC
Power Consumption 60.0 mA (Max)
XM Weather and Radio Antenna Specifications
Frequency 2332.5 – 2345 MHz
Polarization Left Hand Circular
Axial Ratio 3 dB Max at Bore Site
Radiation Pattern Elevation Angle Gain (dBic)
20º 0.0
25º +0.5
5º Increments 30º≤ Elev. ≤60º +2.0
Bore Site -2.35
Gain 24 ±2 dB
Impedance 50 Ohms
VSWR ≤ 1.5:1
Band Rejection 25 dB @ F±230
Power Requirements 3.6-5.5 VDC
Power Consumption 55.0 mA (Max)
TSO TSO-C190
Page 214
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
K. FMS Annunciators
NOTE: Annunciators are not available from Universal Avionics System Corporation.
NOTE: When installing an SBAS FMS that is not intended to be LPV capable, an
LNAV/VNAV and LNAV annunciator must be installed. This is required to alert
the pilot whether SBAS or baro-corrected altitude is being used for vertical
component of the approach. If vertical is not coupled or displayed these
annunciators are not required
The following is a suggested list of manufacturers, part numbers and descriptions of
annunciators used in a typical SBAS FMS installation.
Aerospace Optics Eaton Corporation
3201 Sandy Lane Aerospace Controls Division
Fort Worth, TX 76112 1640 Monrovia Ave.
(888) VIVISUN Costa Mesa , CA 92627
(888) 848 4786 (800) 300-9320
(949) 642-2427
Annunciator Color Company Part Number
Aerospace LED-40-18-DA-39224 (4G3 FMS1 LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3
FMS1 LPV
LOS Green Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(G,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS1,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)
Aerospace LED-40-18-DA-39225 (4G3 FMS2 LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3
FMS2 LPV
LOS Green Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(G,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS2,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)
Aerospace LED-40-18-DA-40262 (4G3 FMS LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3
FMS LPV
LOS Green Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(G,G,G,G),P37,109
FMS,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV
Aerospace LED-40-18-DA-40263 (4A3 FMS1 LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3
FMS1 LPV
LOS White Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(D,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS1,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)
Aerospace LED-40-18-DA-40264 (4A3 FMS2 LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3
FMS2 LPV
LOS White Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(D,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS2,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)
Aerospace LED-40-18-DA-40265 (4A3 FMS LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3
FMS LPV
LOS White Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(D,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)
Page 215
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Aerospace LED-40-18-DA-40267 (4T3 FMS2 LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3
FMS2 LPV
LOS Blue Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(L,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS2,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)
Aerospace LED-40-18-DA-40268 (4T3 FMS LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3
FMS LPV
LOS Blue Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(L,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)
NOTE: The following annunciators are applicable for use with Night Vision equipment.
Aerospace LED-40-18-MA-40269 (4J3 FMS1 LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3
FMS1 LPV
LOS Green Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-40A0B0C3F4L60N15(F,F,F,F),P37,109
(FMS1,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)
Aerospace LED-40-18-MA-40270 (4J3 FMS2 LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3
FMS2 LPV
LOS Green Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-40A0B0C3F4L60N15(F,F,F,F),P37,109
(FMS2,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)
Aerospace LED-40-18-MA-40271 (4J3 FMS LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3
FMS LPV
LOS Green Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-40A0B0C3F4L60N15(F,F,F,F),P37,109
(FMS,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)
Aerospace LED-40-18-MA-40272 (4Q3 FMS1 LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3
FMS1 LPV
LOS White Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-40A0B0C3F4L60N15(F,F,F,F),P37,109
(FMS1,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)
Aerospace LED-40-18-MA-40273 (4Q3 FMS2 LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3
FMS2 LPV
LOS White Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-40A0B0C3F4L60N15(F,F,F,F),P37,109
(FMS2,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)
Aerospace LED-40-18-MA-40274 (4Q3 FMS LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3
FMS LPV
LOS White Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton 582-40A0B0C3F4L60N15(F,F,F,F),P37,109
(FMS,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)
Aerospace LED-40-18-MA-40275 (4E3 FMS1 LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3
FMS1 LPV
LOS Blue Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton N/A (Eaton does not have blue NVG compatible annunciators.)
Page 216
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Aerospace LED-40-18-MA-40277 (4E3 FMS LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3
FMS LPV
LOS Blue Green Optics VNAV)
LNAV VNAV Green Green Eaton N/A (Eaton does not have blue NVG compatible annunciators.)
Page 217
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
4. Installation Kits
A. UNS-1Lw FMS Installation Kit P/N K12075
NOTE: Use this Installation Kit for installation of the LPV Monitor.
NOTE: Configuration Module, P/N 31921, is not part of the NCU installation kit.
Quantity Part Number Description
1 80009000 Tray, 2 MCU
or
93921-1 Barry Controls
1 83303130 ARINC Plug, 2 MCU
or
S612MGLNW2P0004AN Souriau
SB612MGLNW2P0004AN Souriau
4 88600063 Screw, 6-32 x 3/8” Pan Head
or
MS51957-28
2 88600200 (see Note) Screw, 6-32 x 1.25” Pan Head
or
MS51957-35
4 88640094 Nut, #6, Hex, Self-Locking
or
MS21083C06
NOTE: The 1.25” screws (P/N 88600200) included with the kit are not used for the installation of
the LPV Monitor.
Page 218
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 219
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 220
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
H. GPS Antenna Installation Kit P/N K12082 (for P/Ns 10709 and 10710)
Quantity Part Number Description
2 83211018 Connector, RF Coax, Crimp
or
225791-2 Tyco Electronics
2 83217010 Plug, TNC Angle, Crimp
or
31-2381 Amphenol
Page 221
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
5. Required Tools
A. Crimping Tools Required for Souriau Connectors
Quantity Description Manufacturer Part Number
1 and Crimping Tool/AF8 Daniels Mfg. M22520/1-01
1 Turret Die or Daniels Mfg. M22520/1-04
Positioner
1 and Crimping Tool Daniels Mfg. M22520/2-01
1 Turret Die or Daniels Mfg. M22520/2-10
Positioner
1 and Crimping Tool Daniels Mfg. M22520/7-01
1 Turret Die or Daniels Mfg. M22520/7-08
Positioner
1 and Crimping Tool/AFM8 Daniels Mfg. M22520/2-01
1 and Positioner Daniels Mfg. K13-1
1 Positioner Daniels Mfg. K181
1 or Crimp Gauge Daniels Mfg. G-125
1 Crimp Gauge Souriau 8660/162
1 Crimping tool for RRS AMP 220066-2
coax connector
Page 222
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
6. Insertion/Extraction Tool Manufacturers
The following is a list of connector manufacturers and representatives that can supply tools
necessary for installation:
Tool Suppliers and Manufacturers
Name and Address Mailing Address Phone and Fax
AMP Inc. (800) 722–1111
P.O. Box 3608 P.O. Box 3608 Fax (717) 540–2310
Harrisburg, PA 17105 Harrisburg, PA 17105
ITT Cannon (800) 845–7000
Daniels Mfg. Corporation (407) 855–6161
526 Thorpe Rd. P.O. Box 593872 Fax (407) 855–6884
Orlando, FL 32859 Orlando, FL 32859
Souriau – Manufacturer’s Rep (303) 202–0212
Con–Tek Marketing Fax (303) 202–0253
Page 223
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
8. Alternate Vendor Part Numbers
UASC Part Number Description Alternate Vendor Alternate Part Number
1219 Connector AMP, Inc. 208597-1
Tri-Star G0681-0101-1100
1219-1 Coaxial Insert AMP, Inc. 225791-2
1220 Connector MS27467T11F35P with
MS27506F-10-2
1254 Rack, 1/4 ATR Barry Controls 404A-25S D/D PXB-0
1255 Connector Cannon DPBX MA40-33S-0001
with 30 each contacts
031-9134-001
1256 Connector Amphenol 48-06R-14-15S-300 with 48-2343
or MS27291-3
1257 Connector Deutsch AFD56-12-10SN-059
1328 Connector Cannon BKAD1-065-30022 067400-0024
80009000 2MCU Rack Barry Controls 93921-1
83001150 Connector, 4-Inch FPCDU Amphenol 91-577049-15S(SR)
83303130 Connector Souriau SB612-MGLNW2P0004AN
83303139 Connector Souriau SB612-MG13W2PL301AN
FPCDU Video Connector Amphenol/Bendix, MS27473T12F8S or
Burndy/Souriau, MS27473T12A8S or
ITT Cannon or MS27473t12b8s
Matrix Science
FPCDU Video Connector Glenair, Inc. 620FS012M18 or
Backshell M85049/49-2-12W or
M85049/49-2-12A or
M85049/49-2-12N
Page 224
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
A.
9.
2.170
ABCDEFGHJK ABCDEFGHJK
1 6
5
10
UNIVERSAL
Equipment Drawings
15 7.50
1
6.36
4 5
4.10
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
6 8 7 5 6 8 7 5
10 11 9 10 11 9
13 12 13 12 1.37
0.120
UNS-1Lw (P/N 3116-X2-X11X and 3116-X2-X11XM)
12.672
15.23
NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
2. WEIGHT: APPROXIMATELY 6.7 LBS.
34-60-70
3. MATING CONNECTOR: SEE INSTALLATION KIT K12075.
4 REAR CONNECTOR OF UNS-1Lw FMS IS KEYED AT #99 POLARIZATION PER ARINC 600 FOR P/N 3116-X2-1110 AND 3116-X2-1116.
5 REAR CONNECTOR OF UNS-1Lw FMS IS KEYED AT #98 POLARIZATION PER ARINC 600 FOR P/N 3116-X2-1113.
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
6 INTAKE FAN REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF 0.75 INCH CLEARANCE FOR UNRESTRICTED AIRFLOW.
8 July 2014
Page 225
0.18 DIA 4 PLCS
B.
0.20 DIA 2 PLCS
14.92
1.50
9.00 2.38
1.77
1.312 12.756
2 PLACES 14.92
0.20 DIA 2 PLCS 2.50
0.69 12.457
5
7.28
NOTES:
34-60-70
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
2. WEIGHT: RACK = 11.2 ozs., CONNECTOR = 9.0 ozs.
4 CONNECTOR OF UNS-1Lw RACK IS KEYED AT #99 POLARIZATION PER ARINC 600 FOR P/N 3116-X2-1110 AND 3116-X2-1116.
5 CONNECTOR OF UNS-1Lw RACK IS KEYED AT #98 POLARIZATION PER ARINC 600 FOR P/N 3116-X2-1113.
8 July 2014
Page 226
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
C. Configuration Module (P/N 31921)
0.315
2.055
± .02
0.650
± .02
0.375
±.02
WIRE LENGTH
0.142 TO 0.148 APPROX, 6.00
DIA. (2 PLCS.)
NOTES:
RACK CONNECTOR
CONFIGURATION P/N 83303130
MODULE
P/N 31921
CONNECTOR
PINS ARE
NOT SHOWN
ON THIS
DRAWING
RACK P/N
80009000
Page 227
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
E. 5-Inch FPCDU (P/N 1018-X-XXX)
TOP VIEW
5.000
3.617
6.380 6.260
5.250 DATA NAV VNAV DTO LIST PREV
1 2 3
FUEL FPL PERF TUNE MENU NEXT 4 5 6
A B C D E F G 7 8 9
H I J K L M N
BACK
0 MSG
O P Q R S T
ON/OFF
DIM ±
U V W X Y Z ENTER
5.365 0.560
3.25
5.750
REAR VIEW
J3
J2
J1
NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
2. WEIGHT: APPROXIMATELY 3.8 LBS
3. MATING CONNECTOR: SEE INSTALLATION KIT K12026-4
Page 228
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Viewing Angles for the 5-Inch FPCDU P/N 1018-X-XX3 (Mod 10)
TOP VIEW
10
45
35
SIDE VIEW
NOTE: WHEN VIEWING TAWS ON THE 5-INCH FPCDU, THE MAXIMUM BOTTOM VIEWING
ANGLE IS 25 DEGREES.
Page 229
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
F. 4-Inch FPCDU (P/N 1117-( ))
(1) P/N 1117-XX, 1117-X-XX3 and 1117-X-XX4
0.884
4.985
2.300
J1
MSG NAV
DATA DTO
NEXT A B C D E F G 1 2 3 MENU
PWR
DIM H I J K L M N 4 5 6 PERF
O P Q R S T U 7 8 9
0.560 V W X Y Z ENTER BACK 0
NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
Page 230
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) P/N 1117-X-XX5 and 1117-X-XX6
4.974
3.787
2.662
0.874
4.974
3.049
4.370
J3
2.300
J1
1.549
J2
TOP VIEW
BACK VIEW
5.750 3.634
0.585
5.365 3.250
MSG NAV
DATA DTO
4.500 FUEL FPL
NEXT A B C D E F G 1 2 3 MENU
PWR
DIM H I J K L M N 4 5 6 PERF
O P Q R S T U 7 8 9
0.560 V W X Y Z ENTER BACK 0
NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
Page 231
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(3) Forward and Aft Mount Top View (P/N 1117-X-XX5 and 1117-X-XX6)
X
MA
P/N 1117-X-XX5 and P/N 1117-X-XX6
G LE
AN
EW
VI
45 deg.
CENTER LINE
SCREEN BOUNDRY
45 deg.
VI
EW
AN
GL
E
FWD AND AFT MOUNT MA
TOP VIEW X
P/N 1117-X-XX5
35 deg.
SCREEN BOUNDRY
CENTER LINE
10 deg.
VIEW A
NGLE M
AX
Page 232
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(5) Forward Mount Side View (P/N 1117-X-XX6)
P/N 1117-X-XX6
MAX
ANGLE
VIEW
10 deg.
CENTER LINE
SCREEN BOUNDRY
35 deg.
VI
EW
AN
GL
E
MA
X
FWD MOUNT - SIDE VIEW
Page 233
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
G.
2.170
ABCDEFGHJK
1 5
5
10
UNIVERSAL
15 7.50
1
6.36
7.64
4 4.10
4 3 2 1
6 8 7 5
10 11 9
13 12 1.37
0.120
12.672
15.23
NOTES:
34-60-70
2. WEIGHT: APPROXIMATELY 6.7 LBS.
4 REAR CONNECTOR OF LP/LPV MONITOR IS KEYED AT #02 POLARIZATION PER ARINC 600.
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
5 INTAKE FAN REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF 0.75 INCH CLEARANCE FOR UNRESTRICTED AIRFLOW.
8 July 2014
Page 234
0.18 DIA 4 PLCS H.
14.92
1.50
9.00 2.38
1.77
1.312 12.756
2 PLACES
14.92
0.20 DIA 2 PLCS
7.28
4
34-60-70
NOTES:
4 REAR CONNECTOR OF THE LP/LPV MONITOR IS KEYED TO #02 POLARIZATION PER ARINC 600.
8 July 2014
Page 235
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
I. DTU-100 (P/N 1406-01-X)
UNIVERSAL
5.750
2.250
0.562
7.762
1.88
3.60 0.38
5.00 2.124
DTU CONNECTOR
PIN IDENTIFICATION
NOTES:
J1 J2
Page 236
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
J. SSDTU (P/N 1408-00-X)
5.750
2.250
0.604
2.90
6.66
2.50 0.88
0.385
4.99 2.100
5.365
1.495 2.000
NOTES:
1.125 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
2. WEIGHT: APPROXIMATELY 2.4 LBS
Page 237
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
K. GPS/SBAS Antenna Drawing (P/N 10708)
4X MOUNTING SCREWS
10-32 UNF-2A X 1.00 LONG
CROSS RECESSED
FLATHEAD S.S.
P/N MS24694-C276
0.50
0.75
4.700 0.75
1.600 3.000
0.800
0.70
CONNECTOR
CLEARANCE 1.040
HOLE: 0.63 DIA.
4X 0.22 THRU 0.385 DIA.
0.610
100 DEGREE
3.300
NOTES:
Page 238
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
L. GPS/SBAS Sirius Dual Element Antenna (P/N 10709)
4X MOUNTING SCREWS
10-32 UNF-2A X 1.00 LONG
CROSS RECESSED
FLATHEAD S.S.
P/N MS24693-C276
0.65
0.75
BLUE YELLOW
GPS SIRIUS
TNC FEMALE TNC FEMALE
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
NITRILE O-RING
2.375 ID X 0.130 WIDE X 0.070 DEEP
CONNECTOR P/N MS28775-142
CLEARANCE
HOLE: 0.63 DIA.
4.700 0.88
1.600 3.000
SIRIUS
0.800
GPS
0.70
1.040
4X 0.22 THRU 0.385 DIA.
0.610 0.700
100 DEGREE
3.300
NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
2. WEIGHT APPROXIMATELY 0.5 LBS
Page 239
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
M. GPS/SBAS XM Dual Element Antenna (P/N 10710)
4X MOUNTING SCREWS
10-32 UNF-2A X 1.00 LONG
CROSS RECESSED
FLATHEAD S.S.
P/N MS24693-C276
0.65
0.75
BLUE YELLOW
GPS XM
TNC FEMALE TNC FEMALE
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
NITRILE O-RING
2.375 ID X 0.130 WIDE X 0.070 DEEP
CONNECTOR P/N MS28775-142
CLEARANCE
HOLE: 0.63 DIA.
4.700 0.88
1.600 3.000
0.800
GPS
XM
0.70
0.70 1.040
4X 0.22 THRU 0.385 DIA.
0.610 0.700
100 DEGREE
3.300
NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
2. WEIGHT APPROXIMATELY 0.5 LBS
Page 240
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 301
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) GPS Sensors
A maximum of three GPS sensors, including GLS, GNSS, GPS and Hybrid GPS and
IRS sensors may be used (including the internal GPS/SBAS). These sensors can be
configured in any order or combination.
The FMS, in conjunction with either an internal GPS/SBAS or an appropriate
external GPS, is certifiable for use as a primary means of navigation in
remote/oceanic airspace using GPS in accordance with the provisions of AC 20-138A
Appendix 1. There are specific FMS hardware and software requirements as well as
GPS/SBAS hardware and software requirements. Additionally, a RAIM prediction
program is required to verify that adequate integrity will exist for the proposed flight.
(3) RRS Sensor
An RRS may be used in place of DME/VOR/TACAN receivers. (The RRS contains
the electronics of a multi–channel DME/TACAN receiver-transmitter with a VOR
receiver. The RRS is tuned remotely by the FMS using the ARINC 429 data bus.)
(4) RRS/RTU
The RRS and RTU can be installed and used in the same aircraft. The RRS provides
radio navigation inputs and the RTU is used for pilot command tuning of radios. In
the event of an RRS failure, the pilot must select CSDB tuning of the DME (if
installed) to allow uninterrupted DME–DME navigation.
The FMS provides optional radio tuning of COM, NAV, ADFs and transponders via
CSDB or ARINC 429, depending on radio manufacture and type. It may also be
dependent on the use of Universal’s Radio Tuning Unit (RTU). If an RTU is used, the
RTU software version must be compatible with the FMS software. Tuning of the
VHF NAV and DME for navigation does not require an external RTU because tuning
is handled by the FMS.
(5) Air Data
Air data must be supplied in ARINC 429 or 575 formats. If an analog air data
computer is installed in the aircraft, an Air Data Converter Unit (ACU) may be an
option. The ACU will convert the analog air data to ARINC 429. If the aircraft has no
TAS source, an air data computer must be installed.
The type of air data input (barometric altitude, pressure altitude or both) provided by
the air data source must be verified. The FMS must be configured to exactly match
these inputs. Both barometric altitude and pressure altitude must be configured if the
advanced performance option is enabled with the FMS.
The accuracy of the air data is also a consideration when the FMS will be certified for
VNAV or 3D coupled approaches. If the accuracy is not sufficient, then only lateral
approach operation will be possible.
Universal requires the use of barometric altitude. Without barometric altitude, SIDs
and STARs with altitude terminators and missed approach procedures cannot be
flown. Also, VNAV operation below 18,000 feet is not possible and the system is
limited to enroute navigation and 2D approaches only. Flight manual supplement
limitations will be required.
Page 302
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(6) ARINC Radio Tune Unit (ARTU)
The ARTU provides interface between the FMS and the Collins 429 radios using the
Collins RTU-870 Radio Tuning Unit. Radios may be tuned via the UASC FMS or the
Collins RTU-870. The UASC FMS and the Collins RTU-870 are interactive and no
external switching is required. If an ARTU is used, the ARTU software version must
be compatible with the FMS software.
(7) Display Interfaces
Instrument display input signal type must be determined (either analog or digital) and
if digital, the format (ARINC 429, 561, 571) must also be determined.
(a) Universal’s Electronic Flight Instrument (EFI) and Multi-Function Display
(MFD)
Universal EFIs (ND/HSI and ADI) and MFD when interfaced with
Universal’s FMS are capable of correctly displaying navigation and flight plan
data. EFI and MFD displays give the operator the capability to select and
display needed information on demand as flight data changes occur.
(b) Electro-mechanical Instruments
Aircraft that incorporate electro-mechanical instruments may not have
autocourse slewing. This requires the flight crew to manually position the
course pointer to display desired track. Bearing pointers may also not be
compatible due to load problems and may require the addition of an amplifier.
(c) EFIS
CAUTION: IF 429 ADV IS PROGRAMMED WITHOUT A
COMPATIBLE EFIS, THE FLIGHT PLAN WILL BE
DRAWN INCORRECTLY. 429 GAMA MUST BE
PROGRAMMED WITH ANALOG INSTRUMENT
INTERFACES OR NON-COMPATIBLE EFIS.
Collins EFIS 85/86 status B-4, B-14, C-4, C-14, E-F, E-14 or Bendix/King
EFIS 40/50 (SG 65 symbol generators) or equivalent can be configured for
interface by selecting 429 ADV. When 429 ADV is selected, the EFIS will be
capable of correctly displaying a flight plan on the map display when the flight
plan contains a gap or procedural leg. The map display will draw the flight
plan line to the last fixed waypoint before the gap or procedural leg and end
there. The flight plan display will start again at the next fixed waypoint after
the gap and be drawn to the following waypoints.
When interfaced to EFIS displays the FMS must be correctly configured for
signal type (429 ADV, 429 GAMA, EDZ 705, 429 DHC, ASCB, etc.).
Display scaling for each EFIS display must be addressed, not all EFIS displays
meet the necessary criteria for approaches. With ARINC 429 EFIS interfaces
where the EFIS is not compliant with TSO C-129 scaling requirements, the
system may be restricted to the use of flight director steering only for terminal
and approach operations. The installer should discuss the issue with the
certification agency before proceeding with the installation. Analog and
ARINC 561 displays usually present no problems.
Page 303
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(8) Universal’s Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS)
When interfaced with a Universal FMS, the TAWS system is able to provide terrain
awareness information based on information from the FMS. The information from the
FMS provides TAWS with the ability to determine the aircraft’s state and intent and
provide caution and warning alerts. The FMS is capable of displaying maps and
symbology generated by TAWS. TAWS provides “Flight Plan Look Ahead” terrain
alerts by comparing the FMS flight plan to terrain databases.
(9) Radar
The FMS can be configured to accept input from one or two radar sensors. When two
radar sensors are used, one must be a Doppler radar and the other must be a 429, 571,
or 1500 radar. The FMS supports the following radar systems:
Collins WXR–300 MFD
Sperry Data Nav III
Bendix Radar Nav IU–2023B
Bendix Radar 1500 IU–1507A
Racal Avionics Limited Doppler 91
AN/ASN–137 Doppler
NOTE: For further compatibility information on specific equipment, refer to the
applicable sensor manual.
(10) Annunciators
Standard annunciations provided by the FMS are: FMS HDG (heading), FMS SXTK
(selected crosstrack), MSG (message), WPT (waypoint), DR (dead reckoning) and
FMS APPR (approach). If utilizing GPS for approach or for GPS Primary Means of
Navigation, then GPS INTEG (GPS integrity) will be required. Universal’s FMS
outputs discretes for these annunciations. Annunciator signals are also provided on
the applicable busses for use in EFIS installations when desired. On EFIS systems
which display G/S (glideslope) in lieu of VNAV (vertical deviation) during FMS
approach mode, a PSEUDO ILS annunciator may be required to alert the flight crew
that the vertical display is FMS generated information and not sourced or provided
glideslope information. There may be minor variations to the actual nomenclature
displayed but the FMS modes must be in some way displayed and annunciated.
Level of Service (LOS) discretes are provided by the SBAS subsystem for SBAS
approaches. These non-configurable discretes are LPV, LNAV/VNAV and LNAV
(LOS 1, LOS 2 and LOS 3 respectively). These provide annunciation for the LOS in
installations not interfaced with Universal’s EFI-890R or EFI-550.
It is required that the approach type be annunciated in the pilot's primary field of
view.
For aircraft that have LPV approval, LPV, LNAV/VNAV and LNAV annunciators
must be installed. Aircraft that do not have LPV approval, LNAV/VNAV and LNAV
annunciators must be installed. This is required to alert the pilot whether SBAS or
baro-corrected altitude is being used for vertical component of the approach. If
vertical is not coupled or displayed these annunciators are not required
Page 304
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(11) Enroute Steering Interfaces
Many existing long-range navigation systems have been interfaced in the past to flight
guidance/autopilot systems via left/right deviation steering only. This was adequate
for those systems capable of only enroute navigation. However, new and advanced
systems require that roll steering be used. By using a roll command interface the FMS
can provide steering for all procedural leg types including heading to altitude, DME
arcs, holding patterns, turn anticipation, procedure turns and other complex
maneuvers.
The FMS outputs roll command steering at 393 mV/deg for enroute and terminal
navigation and roll steering only approaches. Interface with flight director/autopilot
normally uses a designated LRN input to the F/D and A/P equipment or through the
HDG channel with external switching. F/D and A/P coupled operation utilizing L/R
deviation only is not recommended and is not certifiable.
If a designated LRN F/D and A/P input is not available (specifically the J.E.T. FC-
200 F/D and A/P) a Universal Steering Interface Unit (SIU) can be utilized to switch
the roll command steering signal to the F/D and A/P and properly scale the 393
mV/deg. The SIU will also command the necessary logic to annunciate the
appropriate modes of operation.
(12) Approach Functions and Options
Universal FMS systems have been certified in the United States and other countries
for GPS only, GPS overlay, VOR, VOR/DME, TACAN, RNAV and NDB non-
precision approaches using GPS as the navigation sensor. Approaches of these types
are contained in the FMS published navigation database include approach transitions
and missed approach segments. The FMS systems use GPS combined with other
navigation sensors and baro corrected altitude data to provide lateral and vertical
guidance from the Final Approach Fix (FAF) to the runway and then to the missed
approach and missed approach holding waypoints.
At approach initiation, when the approach mode is selected on the Control Display
Unit by the pilot, the GPS will remain selected when the approach definition data
used is contained within the FMS on-board published database as an approved GPS
approach. If the approach from the database is not a published GPS approach then the
sensor will automatically be deselected at approach initiation.
Generally there are several ways of installing Universal’s FMS for approach
operations. It must be decided how the FMS is to be certified concerning approaches;
whether or not the FMS approach capability will be roll steering only, or roll steering
with VDEV displayed, fully 3D coupled or RNAV(GPS) approach procedures using a
GPS/SBAS sensor calculated position. This determination will dictate which
additional annunciation(s) will be required to be added to the cockpit for certification,
which strapping will be required on certain EFIS systems, etc.
Page 305
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Using the GPS/SBAS sensor calculated position, the FMS provides localizer
performance and vertical guidance for SBAS approach procedures. A SBAS approach
is one that is charted as RNAV (GPS) and approved for SBAS. In addition to standard
Lateral Navigation (LNAV) guidance, the FMS provides lateral and vertical guidance
for Lateral Navigation/Vertical Navigation (LNAV/VNAV) and Localizer
Performance with Vertical Guidance (LPV) approach minimums for SBAS
approaches. LNAV/VNAV approaches use lateral and vertical guidance from the
FMS for a controlled descent to the runway. An LPV approach is similar to an
LNAV/VNAV approach except it has lower approach minimums and requires dual
FMS installation.
The FMS can also provide 2D coupled (along track and crosstrack) operation using
the roll steering input channel to the FGS. The approach gain for the roll steering
output from the FMS is configurable to provide a more aggressive path following for
approaches. A gain of ’3X’ is recommended. The FGS will remain in NAV mode; the
FMS will steer the approach transition segments and final approach using the same
roll steering command input that is used for enroute operations. In this case, it is very
desirable to provide a vertical display on the HSI of the pseudo glideslope VNAV
deviation. Coupled vertical approach will not be possible with this interface design
and it will be up to the flight crew to make the descent using another FGS mode.
From an interface standpoint, this is the simplest method to interface for approaches.
The limitation of this interface is the lack of coupled vertical ILS-like operation.
Some installations such as the LR-60, LR-31, Dash 8, Falcon 2000 and Astra SPX do
use pitch command for approach mode but this is not the typical scenario for retrofit
installations.
A third method of interfacing the FMS for approach involves 3D fully coupled
pseudo ILS approaches. This is accomplished by switching FMS analog lateral and
vertical deviation signals in place of real ILS data to the HSI and FGS. During the
approach transition segments with NAV mode selected on FGS and LRN selected for
display, the FMS (established inbound and less than 0.2nm cross track for auto-
activation) the FMS approach active annunciator output from the FMS is used to
provide relay logic to switch the FMS deviation to the HSI and FGS along with
simulated Tune-to-Localizer. FMS lateral and vertical deviations are switched to the
FGS and approach arm/capture functions are available for F/D and A/P operation.
The HSI and FGS will use the simulated ILS and thus ILS control laws of the FGS are
used. This generally results in approaches with better path following than roll steering
approaches. This type of installation obviously adds complexity and requires detailed
description in the AFM supplement as well as proper aircrew training.
Page 306
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Filing Instructions
Insert this Temporary Change in the Installation and Wiring section adjacent to Page 307.
Purpose
To clarify GPS (SBAS) antenna mounting.
Instructions
Replace (1) Installation Considerations with the following:
(1) Installation Considerations
The antenna should be mounted on top of the fuselage near the cockpit. Avoid
mounting the antenna near any projections, the propeller, the T–Tail, and minimize
shadowing by the wing during maneuvers. The antenna should also be located with
proper spacing to other system antennas such that no performance degradation will
occur due to shadowing of signals and/or RF interference.
Minimum Antenna Separation
Antennas Distances
GPS-GPS 12 inches
GPS-SATCOM (INMARSAT, 1625 MHz) 4 feet
GPS-all other antennas 4 feet
Limited by aircraft dimensions, valid range is defined for each axis component of
antenna offset. The table below lists the valid range, standard offset values, and the
positive sense for the antenna offset.
NOTE: For the LP/LPV Monitor, antenna offsets cannot be changed through
configuration and the standard offsets are used.
Navigational Center (NC) is defined as the navigational center of the
aircraft, typically the ILS glideslope antenna.
Valid Range, Standard Offset and Positive Sense for Antenna Offset Configuration
Antenna Offset Valid Range Standard Positive Sense
Axis Offset (relative to the NC)
Longitudinal (X) +90 m, -30 m +3 m AFT of the NC
Right of the NC
Lateral (Y) +4 m, -4 m 0m
(aircraft cockpit in the front)
Page 1 of 2
34.60.70-2
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration
Regulation (“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S.
law is prohibited. 26 January 2015
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(a) Acceptable Antenna Placement
When using the standard antenna offsets (X = 3.0 m, Y = 0.0 m, Z = 2.0m), It
is intended that for most aircraft it is acceptable to use the standard antenna
offsets as a default.
Y axis: It is acceptable to place the antenna anywhere on the Y axis and still
use the standard offset of Y = 0.
X axis: It is acceptable to place the antenna anywhere on the X axis and still
use the standard offset of X = 3. The assumption is that the antenna is not
generally installed forward of the aircraft's forward bulkhead which is usually
associated with the NC (navigation center).
Z axis: It is acceptable to place the antenna up to 5 meters above ground level
(bottom of the aircraft wheels) and still use the standard offset of Z = 2.
(b) Recommended configurations:
Dual WAAS FMS installations:
For any antennas that are installed within 5 meters of the ground, use the
standard offsets for those antennas.
For any antennas that are installed higher than 5 meters above the ground,
configure the actual antenna offsets in the FMS.
WAAS FMS with a LP/LPV Monitor Installations:
If both antennas are installed within 5 meters of the ground, use the standard
offset in the FMS.
If one antenna is installed higher than 5 meters above the ground and one
antenna is within 5 meters of the ground, wire the antenna that is within 5
meters of the ground to the LP/LPV Monitor box and the antenna that is
higher than 5 meters to the FMS. Use the standard offsets for the LP/LPV
Monitor and use actual antenna offsets in the FMS.
If both antennas are installed higher than 5 meters, use of the LP/LPV
Monitor box is not acceptable.
NOTE: It is possible for antennas installed higher than 5 meters to use the
standard offsets, but the placement of the antenna will need to be
analyzed. The analysis will depend upon aircraft length, fuselage
height, location of the NC and the pitch attitude when the aircraft
flies on the glideslope. Generally, in this case, the further aft the
antenna is installed, the better.
Page 2 of 2
34.60.70-2
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration
Regulation (“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S.
law is prohibited. 26 January 2015
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
C. Electrical Connectors
The FMS uses low insertion force, size 2 shell, ARINC 600 service connectors. The
connector guide pins of the FMS are arranged differently to prevent their connection to non-
compatible racks. For the ARINC 600 index pin coding of the FMS connector, refer to the
FMS outline drawing in the Equipment Specifications section of this manual.
D. Remote Annunciators
The FMS provides outputs to remotely mounted panel annunciators. These include remote
Message, Waypoint Alert, Selected Crosstrack, GPS Integrity, FMS Heading and FMS
Approach advisories. In addition, a “System On” discrete output is available to the installer
for use in activating remote switching (if required).
Level of Service (LOS) discretes are provided by the SBAS subsystem for SBAS approaches.
These non-configurable discretes are LPV, LNAV/VNAV and LNAV (LOS 1, LOS 2 and
LOS 3 respectively). These provide annunciation for the LOS in installations not interfaced
with Universal’s EFI-890R or EFI-550.
E. FMS Mounting
The FMS must not be mounted next to excessive heat producing equipment or in such a way
as to impede normal convection cooling. The FMS can however be mounted in any
orientation with respect to the aircraft longitudinal axis. The FMS racks must be grounded to
the airframe by wire braid. This provides a positive grounding of the racks to which data
shields are connected.
The Configuration Module is mounted on the FMS rack. Refer to the Configuration Module
Installation drawing in the Equipment Specifications section of this manual.
The FPCDU is instrument or pedestal mounted using standard configuration Dzus rails.
Consideration should be given to the depth of the FMS FPCDU and wire bundles when
planning installation.
F. Antenna Mounting
(1) Installation Considerations
The antenna should be mounted on top of the fuselage near the cockpit. Avoid
mounting the antenna near any projections, the propeller, the T–Tail, and minimize
shadowing by the wing during maneuvers. The antenna should also be located with
proper spacing to other system antennas such that no performance degradation will
occur due to shadowing of signals and/or RF interference.
Minimum Antenna Separation
Antennas Distances
GPS-GPS 12 inches
GPS-SATCOM (INMARSAT, 1625 MHz) 4 feet
GPS-all other antennas 4 feet
Page 307
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) Installation Instructions
Total attenuation losses due to antenna cabling and connections must not exceed the
minimum recommended specifications listed below. Attenuation losses will vary
depending on the type of RF cable connected to the antenna. The gain of the
antenna/preamplifier minus the loss of the cable and end connectors should be
between 20 (minimum) and 30 dB for optimum performance. For instance, if the GPS
is being connected to antenna P/N 10708, which has a nominal gain of 30 dB, total
attenuation losses, must not exceed 10 dB. To ensure a minimum 20 dB of gain from
the antenna input to the GPS/SBAS sensor.
It is also highly recommended that only high quality, low-loss cable such as ECS or
PIC RG-142, RG-400 or equivalent coax cable is used in the installation. Refer to the
following table for the maximum allowable cable loss specifications based on the
amount of antenna gain.
Gain/Loss Specifications
Antenna Part Number Antenna Gain Maximum Cable Loss
10708 30 ± 3 dB 10 dB
10709 30 ± 3 dB 10 dB
10710 30 ± 3 dB 10 dB
Page 308
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(3) Long Cable Runs
In installations with very long cable runs, it is permissible to use a low loss coax
cable (such as Electronic Cable Specialists P/N 311501) for the run from the antenna
to a bulkhead connector. Then use a smaller coax (such as ECS P/N 3C3160
M17/113-RG316) from the bulkhead connector to the UNS–1Lw. Components for
this application are listed below.
Coax cable P/N 311501 3C3160
Attenuation 1.575 GHz = 0.087 dB/ft. 1.575 GHz = 0.405 dB/ft.
Minimum Bend Radius 1.22 in. (nominal) 1.02 in. (nominal)
RF Connectors P/Ns
TNC Straight CTS922 31-2315-1000
TNC 90º CTR922 KA-59-281
Bulkhead TNC BTS922 N/A
BNC Straight CBS922 225395-7
BNC 90º CBR922 KC-59-318
Complete FMS GPS cable assemblies as well as bulk coax cable and connectors
are available from Electronic Cable Specialists. Refer to Wire and Cable
Manufacturers in the Equipment Specifications section of this manual.
Page 309
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
G. Solid State Data Transfer Unit (SSDTU)
Installation Considerations
The SSDTU is available in two models, a fixed installation model that is permanently
installed in the aircraft and a portable model which is carried into the aircraft, attached to an
interface connector, used, then disconnected and removed prior to flight. The SSDTU is the
same fit as a DTU-100.
The SSDTU may be used as a replacement for a DTU-100 and can be directly installed
without any modifications to the aircraft or wiring using connector P1, which allows the use
of a single Ethernet connection. If the aircraft is wired for the DTU-100 using four Ethernet
ports, connector P2 must be replaced with connector P/N 83000255 which is included in the
SSDTU installation kit P/N K12079-1, no additional wiring is needed. To have all eight
Ethernet ports available on the SSDTU, the P2 connector must be replaced and additional
wiring must be installed.
If the aircraft is wired for a Portable DTU-100, use the wiring harness (P/N 81304072) to
connect bulkhead connector P1 to the Portable SSDTU J1 and the retrofit wiring harness
(P/N 81140811) to connect bulkhead P2 to J2 of the Portable SSDTU. This allows one
Ethernet connection on P1 and three Ethernet connections on P2. For the additional four
Ethernet ports to be available to the Portable SSDTU, the existing P2 bulkhead connector
must be replaced with connector P/N 83000558 and additional wiring must be installed.
Refer to the applicable pin identification tables and wiring diagrams in this section.
J1 Pin Crossover
SSDTU SSDTU DTU-100 DTU-100
Functions Pins Functions Pins
EIA-485 (Side A) (FMS 485 A) A RS-422 A A
EIA-485 (Side B) (FMS 485 B) B RS-422 B B
Ethernet #1 RX (+) C Ethernet #0 RX (+) C
Ethernet #1 RX (-) D Ethernet #0 RX (-) D
Ethernet #1 Shield E Ethernet #0 Shield E
Ethernet #1 TX (+) F Ethernet #0 TX (+) F
Ethernet #1 TX (-) G Ethernet #0 TX (-) G
H Option Pin 0 H
J Option Pin 1 J
K K
Chassis Ground L Chassis Ground L
Power 28 VDC M Power 28 VDC M
EIA-232 RX N Aux Port RX (RS-232 RX) N
Ground P Ground P
EIA-232 TX R Aux Port TX (RS-232 TX) R
Page 310
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
J2 Pin Crossover
NOTE: Pin numbers/letters not listed are not used or assigned any function.
SSDTU SSDTU DTU-100 DTU-100
Functions Pins Functions Pins
Ethernet #3 RX (+) 1 Ethernet #2 RX (+) E
Ethernet #3 TX (+) 2 Ethernet #2 TX (+) G
Ethernet #2 RX (-) 4 Ethernet #1 RX (-) B
Ethernet #3 RX (-) 6 Ethernet #2 RX (-) F
Ethernet #3 TX (-) 7 Ethernet #2 TX (-) H
Ethernet #4 TX (-) 8 Ethernet #3 TX (-) N
Ethernet #4 TX (+) 9 Ethernet #3 TX (+) L
Ethernet #2 TX (-) 10 Ethernet #1 TX (-) D
Ethernet #2 RX (+) 11 Ethernet #1 RX (+) A
Ethernet #3 Shield 13
Ethernet #4 RX (-) 15 Ethernet #3 RX (-) K
Ethernet #4 RX (+) 16 Ethernet #3 RX (+) J
Ethernet #2 TX (+) 18 Ethernet #1 TX (+) C
Ethernet #2 Shield 19 Ethernet Shield P
Ethernet #4 Shield 23
Ethernet #8 TX (-) 27
Ethernet #8 RX (-) 28
Ethernet #8 Shield 29
Ethernet #5 Shield 30
Ethernet #5 TX (+) 31
Ethernet #8 TX (+) 35
Ethernet #8 RX (+) 36
Ethernet #5 RX (+) 38
Ethernet #5 TX (-) 39
Ethernet #7 RX (+) 40
Ethernet #7 RX (-) 41
Ethernet #7 Shield 42
Ethernet #6 Shield 44
Ethernet #5 RX (-) 46
Ethernet #7 TX (+) 47
Ethernet #7 TX (-) 48
Ethernet #6 TX (+) 50
Ethernet #6 RX (+) 51
Ethernet #6 TX (-) 54
Ethernet #6 RX (-) 55
Page 311
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
2. FMS Interfaces
Interconnection wiring information between the aircraft, FMS, CDU, DTU is provided in the
following paragraphs and wiring diagrams. Information about the connection to VOR, DME,
TACAN, radar, flight control and fuel flow systems is provided in the SBAS FMS SCN
1001/1101 Interface Manual, 34-60-71. Configuration of the FMS can be found in the SBAS
FMS SCN 1001/1101 Configuration Manual 34-61-02.
A. Analog Inputs
Input Description Plug/Pin Characteristics
Altitude Coarse Synchro/Roll TP 1H (X) DC ARINC 565 Coarse Synchro
TP 1J (Y) Reference or Coarse Altitude
TP 1K (Z) Common or Roll
Altitude Fine Synchro/Pitch TP 1D (X) Sin ARINC 565 Fine Synchro
TP 1E (Y) Cos or Fine Resolver Altitude
TP 1F (Z) Common or Pitch
Altitude Synchro or Altitude Synchro TP 1A (H) 26 VAC 400 Hz
Reference TP 1B (C) 26 VAC 400 Hz
Autopilot Reference MP 11D (H) 26 VAC, 400 Hz
MP 11E (C) 26 VAC, 400 Hz
Input Voltage: 26 VAC RMS ± 10%,
400 Hz ± 20 Hz
Input Impedance: 80 kΩ (minimum)
Input Load: 2 mA (maximum)
Fuel Flow #1 MP 15A (H) Depends on Configuration
MP 15B (L)
Fuel Flow #2 MP 15C (H) Depends on Configuration
MP 15D (L)
Fuel Flow #3 MP 15E (H) Depends on Configuration
MP 15F (L)
Fuel Flow #4 MP 15G (H) Depends on Configuration
MP 15H (L)
Heading Synchro MP 9A (X) Impedance = 33 kΩ
MP 9B (Y) Impedance = 33 kΩ
MP 9C (Z) Impedance = 24 kΩ
Standard ARINC 407 three–wire synchro
transmitter (or equivalent) with two–wire
reference signal from aircraft compass
system.
Heading Synchro Reference MP 9D (H) 26 VAC, 400 Hz
MP 9E (Common) 26 VAC, 400 Hz
Input Voltage: 26 VAC RMS ± 10%,
400 Hz ± 20 Hz
Input Impedance: 80k Ω (minimum)
Input Load: 2 mA (maximum)
Page 312
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
A. Analog Inputs (continued)
Input Description Plug/Pin Characteristics
Instrument Synchro Reference MP 1E (H) 26 VAC, 400 Hz
(Applicable to Analog configuration MP 1F (Common) 26 VAC, 400 Hz
P/N 3017-XX-211 only)
Input Voltage: 26 VAC RMS ± 10%,
400 Hz ± 20 Hz
Input Impedance: 80k Ω (minimum)
Input Load: 2 ma (maximum)
Static Air Temperature TP 3E Reference Voltage ARINC 565
TP 3F DC Return Reference and Signal
TP 3G Signal Voltage ARINC 565
True Airspeed TP 3A Reference Voltage ARINC 565
TP 3B DC Return Reference and Signal
TP 3C Signal Voltage ARINC 565
WAAS Crosschannel Lateral Deviation TP 2G (A)
TP 2H (B)
WAAS Crosschannel Vertical Deviation TP 2J (A)
TP 2K (B)
Page 313
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
B. Discrete Inputs
Input Description Plug/Pin Characteristics
Discrete Input 1 MP 6G Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Input 2 MP 6H Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Input 3 MP 6J Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Input 4 MP 15J Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Input 5 MP 11H Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Input 6 MP 15K Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Input 7 MP 6A Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Input 8 MP 6E Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Input 9 MP 6F Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Input 10 MP 11G 28 VDC / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Input 11 MP 6B Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Altitude or Attitude Valid TP 3J 28 VDC / Open
Altitude Valid TP 3K Ground / Open
FMS #2 MP 11J Ground / Open (Ground = FMS #2)
FMS #3 MP 11K Ground / Open (Ground = FMS #3)
Heading Input MAG/TRUE MP 9G 28 VDC / Open
(Open = MAG / 28 VDC = TRUE)
Heading Input Valid MP 9F 28 VDC / Open
SAT Valid TP 5E 28 VDC / Open
TAS Valid TP 5A 28 VDC / Open
WAAS Crosschannel Level of Service TP 4H Ground / Open
WAAS Crosschannel Fail TP 4G Ground / Open
Steering Valid MP 11C 28 VDC / Open (28 VDC = Valid)
WAAS Crosschannel Vertical Guidance TP 4J 28 VDC / Open
Monitor
WAAS Crosschannel Lateral Guidance TP 4K 28 VDC / Open
Monitor
Power Control BP 4 Ground / Open (FMS Power On/Off)
Page 314
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
C. Digital Inputs
(1) ASCB Inputs
The ASCB board provides the FMS with an interface to the ASCB Version A data
bus developed by Honeywell and supplement the ARINC, CSDB, and analog
interfaces of the FMS.
Input Description Plug/Pin Characteristics
ASCB Discrete In 1 TP 9A Ground / Open
ASCB Discrete In 2 TP 9B Ground / Open
ASCB Discrete In 3 TP 9D Ground / Open
ASCB Discrete In 4 TP 9F Ground / Open
ASCB Discrete In 5 MP 3A Ground / Open
ASCB Discrete In 6 MP 3B Ground / Open
ASCB Discrete In 7 MP 5J Ground / Open
ASCB Discrete In 8 TP 9C Ground / Open
ASCB A Clock 1 + MP 1C
ASCB A Clock 1 – MP 3C
ASCB A Data 1 + MP 1A
ASCB A Data 1 – MP 1B
ASCB B Clock 2 + MP 1G
ASCB B Clock 2 – MP 1H
ASCB B Data 2 + MP 5G
ASCB B Data 2 – MP 5K
NOTE: Assuming NCU #1 is to be configured for TX/RX on Left ASCB bus, ASCB A Port
(On-Side) is connected to the Left ASCB Bus and ASCB B Port (Off-Side) is
connected to the Right ASCB Bus.
Page 315
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) CSDB Inputs
Some sensors are restricted to certain input ports. The allowable CSDB port
assignments and their pin numbers are found in the SBAS FMS SCN 1001/1101
Configuration Manual 34-61-02.
Input Description Plug/Pin Characteristics
Receive From External CDU #1 (Note) MP 2A (H) External CDU
MP 2B (L)
Receive From External CDU #2 (Note) MP 2C (H) External CDU
MP 2D (L)
CSDB Receiver Port 1 MP 14C (A) Depends on Configuration
MP 14D (B)
CSDB Receiver Port 2 MP 2G (A) Depends on Configuration
MP 2H (B)
CSDB Receiver Port 3 MP 14A (A) Depends on Configuration
MP 14B (B)
CSDB Receiver Port 4 MP 14E (A) Depends on Configuration
MP 14F (B)
WAAS Differential Timemark A TP 10A (A) RS-422
WAAS Differential Timemark B TP 10B (B) RS-422
Page 316
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 317
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
D. Analog Outputs
Output Description Plug/Pin Characteristics
Desired Track MP 3A (X) Synchro X
MP 3B (Y) Synchro Y
MP 3C (Z) Synchro Z
Lateral Deviation MP 3F (H) +R – Fly Right, Left of Course
MP 3G (L) +L – Fly Left, Right of Course
See Lateral Deviation Characteristics
Table Below
Pitch Command MP 1G (H) AC or DC pitch
MP 1H (L) Pitch Return
Roll Steering MP 11A (H) 0.393 VAC RMS/Degree
MP 11B (L) Right Roll in Phase
To/From MP 5J (H) + To 180-250 mV Output
MP 5K (L) + From
Vertical Deviation MP 7F (H) +Up – Fly Up, Below Course
MP 7G (L) +Down– Fly Down, Above Course
See Vertical Deviation Characteristics
Table Below
Waypoint Bearing/Drift Angle MP 1A (X) Synchro X
MP 1B (Y) Synchro Y
MP 1C (Z) Synchro Z
Page 318
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) Vertical Deviation Characteristics
Range 2 Dot Value Invalid Stow Value
Low Level Configuration
Enroute –205 to +205 mVDC L/R 1476 ft. –150 to +150 mVDC 750 mVDC 1.3 VDC
Terminal –250 to +250 mVDC L/R 492 ft. –150 to +150 mVDC 750 mVDC 1.3 VDC
0.3 NM –250 to +250 mVDC L/R 200 ft. –150 to +150 mVDC 750 mVDC 1.3 VDC
Approach –250 to +250 mVDC L/R (angular) –150 to +150 mVDC 750 mVDC 1.3 VDC
High Level Configuration
Enroute –2.78 to +2.78 VDC L/R 1476 ft. –2 to +2 VDC 3.5 VDC 8.12 VDC
Terminal –3.33 to +3.33 VDC L/R 492 ft. –2 to +2 VDC 3.5 VDC 8.12 VDC
0.3 NM –3.33 to +3.33 VDC L/R 200 ft. –2 to +2 VDC 3.5 VDC 8.12 VDC
Approach –3.33 to +3.33 VDC L/R (angular) –2 to +2 VDC 3.5 VDC 8.12 VDC
Page 319
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
E. Discrete Outputs
All discrete outputs, except the NAV Flag and Vertical Flag, are of two types: Ground/Open
and 28VDC/Open. Both the Ground/Open and 28VDC/Open discrete outputs may be either
configurable or non-configurable. Non-configurable discretes must be assigned to a specific
pin. Configurable discretes may be assigned to any one of a specific set of pins.
(1) Non-Configurable Discretes
Output Description Plug/Pin Characteristics
Digital Valid MP 5G 28 VDC / Open (28 VDC = Valid)
Message Annunciator Output MP 13A Ground / Open (GND = Message, 350mA
is the maximum allowable load)
Nav Valid MP 3H 28 VDC / Open (28 VDC = Valid)
MP 3K
Nav Flag MP 3J 800 mV to 1.2 V (Circuitry in the
motherboard converts the 28V to a voltage
within the specified range to set the flag.)
Pitch Command Valid MP 1J 28 VDC / Open (28 VDC = Valid)
MP 1K
Steering Valid MP 11C 28 VDC / Open (28 VDC = Valid)
Vertical Valid MP 7H 28 VDC / Open (28 VDC = Valid)
MP 7K
Vertical Flag MP 7J 800 mV to 1.2 V (Circuitry in the
motherboard converts the 28V to a voltage
within the specified range to set the flag.)
Level of Service 1 TP 4A Ground / Open
Level of Service 2 TP 4B Ground / Open
Level of Service 3 TP 4C Ground / Open
WAAS Crosschannel Fail TP 4E Ground / Open
Page 320
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) Configurable Discretes
Discrete Output 1 MP 6K Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Output 2 MP 13B Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Output 3 MP 13C Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Output 4 MP 13D Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Output 5 MP 13E Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Output 6 MP 7A Ground / Open(Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Output 7 MP 7B Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Output 8 MP 6C Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Discrete Output 9 MP 13F 28 VDC / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Page 321
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
F. Digital Outputs
The following tables show a list of the configurable CSDB and ARINC 429 outputs along
with the ports to which they default when the configuration module is initialized. Each of
these ports is configurable.
Some sensors are restricted to certain output ports. The allowable ARINC port assignments
and their pin numbers are found in the SBAS FMS SCN 1001/1101 Configuration Manual
34-61-02.
(1) CSDB Output Ports
Output Description Plug/Pin Characteristics
CSDB TX 1 MP 2J (A)
MP 2K (B)
CSDB TX 2 MP 10A (A)
MP 10B (B)
Page 322
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(3) ARINC Output Ports
The following table shows a list of the configurable ARINC 429 outputs along with
the ports to which they default when the configuration module is initialized. Each of
these ports is configurable.
Some sensors are restricted to certain output ports. The allowable ARINC port
assignments and their pin numbers are found in the SBAS FMS SCN 1001/1101
Configuration Manual 34-61-02.
Port Plug/Pin Default Configuration Notes
Port 0A MP-4A (A) ARINC 429 HS
MP-4B (B)
Port 0B MP-12A (A)
MP-12B (B)
Port 1 MP-4E (A) ARINC 571
MP-4F (B)
Port 2A MP-4J (A) ARINC 429 LS 1, 2, 4
MP-4K (B)
Port 2B MP-12J (A)
MP-12K (B)
Port 2C MP-10C (A)
MP-10D (B)
Port 3 MP-12E (A) ARINC 429 Crossfill HS
MP-12F (B)
Port 4 TP-10E (A) ARINC 429 Tune LS
TP-10F (B)
WAAS Port 0 TP-10J (A) WAAS Crosschannel Transmit 3
TP-10K (B)
WAAS Port 1A MP-10J (A) WAAS Transmit ARINC 743A Data 3
MP-10K (B)
WAAS Port 1B MP-4C (A) WAAS Transmit ARINC 743A Data 3
MP-4D (B)
NOTES: 1. In dual SBAS FMS Installations, Transmit Port #2 must be configured for one of
the following bus types: 429 HS, 429 LS, HS429 MOD 2, HS429 MOD 3, HS429
MOD 4, GPS XPDR LS, GPS XPDR HS or UNS HS429-1 to setup the speed for
the WAAS OFFSIDE RECEIVE.
2. In single SBAS FMS with LPV Monitor Installations, Transmit Port #2 must be
configured for one of the following bus types: 429 HS, 429 LS, HS429 MOD 2,
HS429 MOD 3, HS429 MOD 4, GPS XPDR LS, GPS XPDR HS or UNS HS429-1
to setup the speed for the WAAS OFFSIDE RECEIVE of the internal SBAS
subsystem and the LPV Monitor.
3. Not a configurable port.
4. Configuring any of the following bus types will cause manual de-selection of
geostationary satellites to not be supported: HS429 MOD 2, HS429 MOD 3, UNS
HS429-1, GPS XPDR LS and GPS XPDR HS.
Page 323
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
3. Pin Assignment
A. UNS-1Lw – All Digital (P/N 3116-X2-X110)
(1) Connector TP (Top Plug)
Pin Function Pin Function
1A NC 4G WAAS Discrete In XChannel Fail Monitor
1B NC 4H WAAS Discrete In XChannel LOS Monitor
1C NC 4J WAAS Discrete In XChannel Vertical Guidance
Flag Monitor
1D NC 4K WAAS Discrete In XChannel Lateral Guidance
Flag Monitor
1E NC 5A NC
1F NC 5B NC
1G NC 5C NC
1H NC 5D NC
1J NC 5E NC
1K NC 5F NC
2A WAAS XChannel Monitor (H) (Guidance Bus) 1 5G NC
(WAAS RX Port 2)
2B WAAS XChannel Monitor (L) (Guidance Bus) 1 5H NC
(WAAS RX Port 2)
2C WAAS XChannel Monitor (H) (Guidance Bus) 2 5J NC
(WAAS RX Port 3)
2D WAAS XChannel Monitor (L) (Guidance Bus) 2 5K NC
(WAAS RX Port 3)
2E NC 6A NC
2F NC 6B NC
2G WAAS XChannel Lateral Deviation (H) 6C NC
2H WAAS XChannel Lateral Deviation Return 6D NC
2J WAAS XChannel Vertical Deviation (H) 6E NC
2K WAAS XChannel Vertical Deviation Return 6F NC
3A NC 6G NC
3B NC 6H NC
3C NC 6J NC
3D NC 6K NC
3E NC 7A NC
3F NC 7B NC
3G NC 7C NC
3H NC 7D NC
3J NC 7E NC
3K NC 7F WAAS Monitor Return
4A WAAS Level of Service (LOS) 1 7G RS232 WAAS Monitor Transmit
4B WAAS Level of Service (LOS) 2 7H RS232 WAAS Monitor Receive
4C WAAS Level of Service (LOS) 3 7J NC
4D WAAS Discrete Out Spare #3 7K NC
4E WAAS Discrete Out XChannel Fail Output 8A NC
4F WAAS Discrete Out Spare #1 8B NC
Page 324
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(1) Connector TP (Top Plug) (continued)
Pin Function Pin Function
8C NC 12B Ethernet TX 1 (L)
8D NC 12C Ethernet TX 1 Shield
8E NC 12D Ethernet RX 1 (H)
8F NC 12E Ethernet RX 1 (L)
8G NC 12F Ethernet TX 0 (H)
8H NC 12G Ethernet TX 0 (L)
8J NC 12H Ethernet TX 0 Shield
8K NC 12J Ethernet RX 0 (H)
9A NC 12K Ethernet RX 0 (L)
9B NC 13A NC
9C NC 13B NC
9D NC 13C NC
9E NC 13D NC
9F NC 13E NC
9G NC 13F NC
9H NC 13G NC
9J NC 13H NC
9K NC 13J NC
10A WAAS Differential Timemark A 13K NC
10B WAAS Differential Timemark B 14A NC
10C ARINC RX Port 0 (A) 14B NC
10D ARINC RX Port 0 (B) 14C NC
10E ARINC TX Port 4 (A) 14D NC
10F ARINC TX Port 4 (B) 14E NC
10G NC 14F NC
10H NC 14G NC
10J WAAS ARINC TX Port 0 (A) 14H NC
10K WAAS ARINC TX Port 0 (B) 14J NC
11A NC 14K NC
11B NC 15A NC
11C NC 15B NC
11D NC 15C NC
11E NC 15D NC
11F NC 15E NC
11G NC 15F NC
11H NC 15G
11J NC 15H
11K NC 15J NC
12A Ethernet TX 1 (H) 15K NC
Page 325
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 326
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) Connector MP (Middle Plug) (continued)
Pin Function Pin Function
8C ARINC RX Port 5 (A) 12B ARINC TX Port 0B (B)
8D ARINC RX Port 5 (B) 12C ARINC RX Port 2 (A)
8E ARINC RX Port 6 (A) 12D ARINC RX Port 2 (B)
8F ARINC RX Port 6 (B) 12E ARINC TX Port 3 (A)
8G ARINC RX Port 7 (A) 12F ARINC TX Port 3 (B)
8H ARINC RX Port 7 (B) 12G ARINC RX Port 3 (A)
8J NC 12H ARINC RX Port 3 (B)
8K NC 12J ARINC TX Port 2B (A)
9A Heading X 12K ARINC TX Port 2B (B)
9B Heading Y 13A Message Annunciator (GND/Open)
9C Heading Z 13B Discrete Out 2 (GND/Open)
9D Heading Reference (H) 13C Discrete Out 3 (GND/Open)
9E Heading Reference Return 13D Discrete Out 4 (GND/Open)
9F Heading Valid Input (28 V/Open) 13E Discrete Out 5 (GND/Open)
9G Heading Input True/Magnetic (28 V/Open) 13F Discrete Out 9 (28 V/Open)
9H NC 13G Monitor Transmit
9J NC 13H Monitor Receive
9K NC 13J NC
10A CSDB TX Port 2 (A) 13K NC
10B CSDB TX Port 2 (B) 14A CSDB RX Port 3 (A)
10C ARINC TX Port 2C (A) 14B CSDB RX Port 3 (B)
10D ARINC TX Port 2C (B) 14C CSDB RX Port 1 (A)
10E WAAS RX Port 0 (B) – Offside FMS 14D CSDB RX Port 1 (B)
10F WAAS RX Port 0 (A) – Offside FMS 14E CSDB RX Port 4 (A)
10G WAAS RX Port 1 (A) – XChannel RX 14F CSDB RX Port 4 (B)
10H WAAS RX Port 1 (B) – XChannel RX 14G Configuration Module Ground
10J WAAS TX Port 1A (A) – ARINC 743A Data 14H Configuration Module VDC
10K WAAS TX Port 1A (B) – ARINC 743A Data 14J Configuration Module Data Clock
11A Roll Steering (H) 14K Configuration Module Data I/O
11B Roll Steering (L) 15A Fuel Flow 1 (H)
11C Steering Valid Discrete 15B Fuel Flow 1 (L)
11D Autopilot Reference (H) 15C Fuel Flow 2 (H)
11E Autopilot Reference (L) 15D Fuel Flow 2 (L)
11F NC 15E Fuel Flow 3 (H)
11G Discrete In 10 (28 V/Open) 15F Fuel Flow 3 (L)
11H Discrete In 5 (GND/Open) 15G Fuel Flow 4 (H)
11J FMS 2 Discrete Input 15H Fuel Flow 4 (L)
11K FMS 3 Discrete Input 15J Discrete In 4 (GND/Open)
12A ARINC TX Port 0B (A) 15K Discrete In 6 (GND/Open)
Page 327
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(3) Connector BP (Bottom Plug)
Pin Function Pin Function
1 On Battery Annunciator Discrete Output 8 FMS DC Return
2 28 VDC Input 9 NC
3 28 VDC Input Battery 10 NC
4 Power Control 11 CDU DC Power Return
5 NC 12 NC
6 CDU 28 VDC Power 13 GPS Coax
7 FMS Chassis Ground
Page 328
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
B. UNS-1Lw – ASCB Version A (P/N 3116-X2-X113)
(1) Connector TP (Top Plug)
Pin Function Pin Function
1A NC 4G WAAS Discrete In XChannel Fail Monitor
1B NC 4H WAAS Discrete In XChannel LOS Monitor
1C NC 4J WAAS Discrete In XChannel Vertical Guidance
Flag Monitor
1D NC 4K WAAS Discrete In XChannel Lateral Guidance
Flag Monitor
1E NC 5A NC
1F NC 5B NC
1G NC 5C NC
1H NC 5D NC
1J NC 5E NC
1K NC 5F NC
2A WAAS XChannel Monitor (H) (Guidance Bus) 1 5G NC
(WAAS RX Port 2)
2B WAAS XChannel Monitor (L) (Guidance Bus) 1 5H NC
(WAAS RX Port 2)
2C WAAS XChannel Monitor (H) (Guidance Bus) 2 5J NC
(WAAS RX Port 3)
2D WAAS XChannel Monitor (L) (Guidance Bus) 2 5K NC
(WAAS RX Port 3)
2E NC 6A NC
2F NC 6B NC
2G WAAS XChannel Lateral Deviation (H) 6C NC
2H WAAS XChannel Lateral Deviation Return 6D NC
2J WAAS XChannel Vertical Deviation (H) 6E NC
2K WAAS XChannel Vertical Deviation Return 6F NC
3A NC 6G NC
3B NC 6H NC
3C NC 6J NC
3D NC 6K NC
3E NC 7A NC
3F NC 7B NC
3G NC 7C NC
3H NC 7D NC
3J NC 7E NC
3K NC 7F WAAS Monitor Return
4A WAAS Level of Service (LOS) 1 7G RS232 WAAS Monitor Transmit
4B WAAS Level of Service (LOS) 2 7H RS232 WAAS Monitor Receive
4C WAAS Level of Service (LOS) 3 7J NC
4D WAAS Discrete Out Spare #3 7K NC
4E WAAS Discrete Out XChannel Fail Output 8A NC
4F WAAS Discrete Out Spare #1 8B NC
Page 329
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(1) Connector TP (Top Plug) (continued)
Pin Function Pin Function
8C NC 12B Ethernet TX 1 (L)
8D NC 12C Ethernet TX 1 Shield
8E NC 12D Ethernet RX 1 (H)
8F NC 12E Ethernet RX 1 (L)
8G NC 12F Ethernet TX 0 (H)
8H NC 12G Ethernet TX 0 (L)
8J NC 12H Ethernet TX 0 Shield
8K NC 12J Ethernet RX 0 (H)
9A ASCB Discrete In 1 12K Ethernet RX 0 (L)
9B ASCB Discrete In 2 13A NC
9C ASCB Discrete In 8 13B NC
9D ASCB Discrete In 3 13C NC
9E NC 13D NC
9F ASCB Discrete In 4 13E NC
9G NC 13F NC
9H NC 13G NC
9J NC 13H NC
9K NC 13J NC
10A WAAS Differential Timemark A 13K NC
10B WAAS Differential Timemark 1 14A NC
10C ARINC RX Port 0 (A) 14B NC
10D ARINC RX Port 0 (B) 14C NC
10E ARINC TX Port 4 (A) 14D NC
10F ARINC TX Port 4 (B) 14E NC
10G NC 14F NC
10H NC 14G NC
10J WAAS ARINC TX Port 0 (A) 14H NC
10K WAAS ARINC TX Port 0 (B) 14J NC
11A NC 14K NC
11B NC 15A NC
11C NC 15B NC
11D NC 15C NC
11E NC 15D NC
11F NC 15E NC
11G NC 15F NC
11H NC 15G
11J NC 15H
11K NC 15J NC
12A Ethernet TX 1 (H) 15K NC
Page 330
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 331
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) Connector MP (Middle Plug) (continued)
Pin Function Pin Function
8C ARINC RX Port 5 (A) 12B ARINC TX Port 0B (B)
8D ARINC RX Port 5 (B) 12C ARINC RX Port 2 (A)
8E ARINC RX Port 6 (A) 12D ARINC RX Port 2 (B)
8F ARINC RX Port 6 (B) 12E ARINC TX Port 3 (A)
8G ARINC RX Port 7 (A) 12F ARINC TX Port 3 (B)
8H ARINC RX Port 7 (B) 12G ARINC RX Port 3 (A)
8J NC 12H ARINC RX Port 3 (B)
8K NC 12J ARINC TX Port 2B (A)
9A Heading X 12K ARINC TX Port 2B (B)
9B Heading Y 13A Message Annunciator (GND/Open)
9C Heading Z 13B Discrete Out 2 (GND/Open)
9D Heading Reference (H) 13C Discrete Out 3 (GND/Open)
9E Heading Reference Return 13D Discrete Out 4 (GND/Open)
9F Heading Valid Input (28 V/Open) 13E Discrete Out 5 (GND/Open)
9G Heading Input True/Magnetic (28 V/Open) 13F Discrete Out 9 (28 V/Open)
9H NC 13G Monitor Transmit
9J NC 13H Monitor Receive
9K NC 13J NC
10A CSDB TX Port 2 (A) 13K NC
10B CSDB TX Port 2 (B) 14A CSDB RX Port 3 (A)
10C ARINC TX Port 2C (A) 14B CSDB RX Port 3 (B)
10D ARINC TX Port 2C (B) 14C CSDB RX Port 1 (A)
10E WAAS RX Port 0 (B) – Offside FMS 14D CSDB RX Port 1 (B)
10F WAAS RX Port 0 (A) – Offside FMS 14E CSDB RX Port 4 (A)
10G WAAS RX Port 1 (A) – XChannel RX 14F CSDB RX Port 4 (B)
10H WAAS RX Port 1 (B) – XChannel RX 14G Configuration Module Ground
10J WAAS TX Port 1A (A) – ARINC 743A Data 14H Configuration Module VDC
10K WAAS TX Port 1A (B) – ARINC 743A Data 14J Configuration Module Data Clock
11A Roll Steering (H) 14K Configuration Module Data I/O
11B Roll Steering (L) 15A Fuel Flow 1 (H)
11C Steering Valid Discrete 15B Fuel Flow 1 (L)
11D Autopilot Reference (H) 15C Fuel Flow 2 (H)
11E Autopilot Reference (L) 15D Fuel Flow 2 (L)
11F NC 15E Fuel Flow 3 (H)
11G Discrete In 10 (28 V/Open) 15F Fuel Flow 3 (L)
11H Discrete In 5 (GND/Open) 15G Fuel Flow 4 (H)
11J FMS 2 Discrete Input 15H Fuel Flow 4 (L)
11K FMS 3 Discrete Input 15J Discrete In 4 (GND/Open)
12A ARINC TX Port 0B (A) 15K Discrete In 6 (GND/Open)
Page 332
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(3) Connector BP (Bottom Plug)
Pin Function Pin Function
1 On Battery Annunciator Discrete Output 8 FMS DC Return
2 28 VDC Input 9 NC
3 28 VDC Input Battery 10 NC
4 Power Control 11 CDU DC Power Return
5 NC 12 NC
6 CDU 28 VDC Power 13 GPS Coax
7 FMS Chassis Ground
Page 333
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
C. UNS-1Lw – Analog (P/N 3116-X2-X116)
(1) Connector TP (Top Plug)
Pin Function Pin Function
1A Altitude/Attitude Reference (H) 4G WAAS Discrete In XChannel Fail Monitor
1B Altitude/Attitude Reference Return 4H WAAS Discrete In XChannel LOS Monitor
1C NC 4J WAAS Discrete In XChannel Vertical Guidance
Flag Monitor
1D Altitude Fine/Pitch Synchro X 4K WAAS Discrete In XChannel Lateral Guidance
Flag Monitor
1E Altitude Fine/Pitch Synchro Y 5A TAS Valid Discrete (28 V/Open)
1F Altitude Fine/Pitch Synchro Z 5B NC
1G NC 5C NC
1H Altitude Coarse/Roll Synchro X 5D NC
1J Altitude Coarse/Roll Synchro Y 5E SAT Valid Discrete (28 V/Open)
1K Altitude Coarse/Roll Synchro Z 5F NC
2A WAAS XChannel Monitor (H) (Guidance Bus) 1 5G NC
(WAAS RX Port 2)
2B WAAS XChannel Monitor (L) (Guidance Bus) 1 5H NC
(WAAS RX Port 2)
2C WAAS XChannel Monitor (H) (Guidance Bus) 2 5J NC
(WAAS RX Port 3)
2D WAAS XChannel Monitor (L) (Guidance Bus) 2 5K NC
(WAAS RX Port 3)
2E NC 6A NC
2F NC 6B NC
2G WAAS XChannel Lateral Deviation (H) 6C NC
2H WAAS XChannel Lateral Deviation Return 6D NC
2J WAAS XChannel Vertical Deviation (H) 6E NC
2K WAAS XChannel Vertical Deviation Return 6F NC
3A TAS Reference Voltage 6G NC
3B TAS Reference Return 6H NC
3C TAS DC Voltage 6J NC
3D NC 6K NC
3E SAT Reference Voltage 7A NC
3F SAT Reference Return 7B NC
3G SAT DC Voltage 7C NC
3H NC 7D NC
3J Altitude/Attitude Valid Discrete (28 V/Open) 7E NC
3K Altitude Valid Discrete Return 7F WAAS Monitor Return
4A WAAS Level of Service (LOS) 1 7G RS232 WAAS Monitor Transmit
4B WAAS Level of Service (LOS) 2 7H RS232 WAAS Monitor Receive
4C WAAS Level of Service (LOS) 3 7J NC
4D WAAS Discrete Out Spare #3 7K NC
4E WAAS Discrete Out XChannel Fail Output 8A NC
4F WAAS Discrete Out Spare #1 8B NC
Page 334
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(1) Connector TP (Top Plug) (continued)
Pin Function Pin Function
8C NC 12B Ethernet TX 1 (L)
8D NC 12C Ethernet TX 1 Shield
8E NC 12D Ethernet RX 1 (H)
8F NC 12E Ethernet RX 1 (L)
8G NC 12F Ethernet TX 0 (H)
8H NC 12G Ethernet TX 0 (L)
8J NC 12H Ethernet TX 0 Shield
8K NC 12J Ethernet RX 0 (H)
9A NC 12K Ethernet RX 0 (L)
9B NC 13A NC
9C NC 13B NC
9D NC 13C NC
9E NC 13D NC
9F NC 13E NC
9G NC 13F NC
9H NC 13G NC
9J NC 13H NC
9K NC 13J NC
10A WAAS Differential Timemark A 13K NC
10B WAAS Differential Timemark B 14A NC
10C ARINC RX Port 0 (A) 14B NC
10D ARINC RX Port 0 (B) 14C NC
10E ARINC TX Port 4 (A) 14D NC
10F ARINC TX Port 4 (B) 14E NC
10G NC 14F NC
10H NC 14G NC
10J WAAS ARINC TX Port 0 (A) 14H NC
10K WAAS ARINC TX Port 0 (B) 14J NC
11A NC 14K NC
11B NC 15A NC
11C NC 15B NC
11D NC 15C NC
11E NC 15D NC
11F NC 15E NC
11G NC 15F NC
11H NC 15G NC
11J NC 15H NC
11K NC 15J NC
12A Ethernet TX 1 (H) 15K NC
Page 335
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 336
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) Connector MP (Middle Plug) (continued)
Pin Function Pin Function
8C ARINC RX Port 5 (A) 12B ARINC TX Port 0B (B)
8D ARINC RX Port 5 (B) 12C ARINC RX Port 2 (A)
8E ARINC RX Port 6 (A) 12D ARINC RX Port 2 (B)
8F ARINC RX Port 6 (B) 12E ARINC TX Port 3 (A)
8G ARINC RX Port 7 (A) 12F ARINC TX Port 3 (B)
8H ARINC RX Port 7 (B) 12G ARINC RX Port 3 (A)
8J NC 12H ARINC RX Port 3 (B)
8K NC 12J ARINC TX Port 2B (A)
9A Heading X 12K ARINC TX Port 2B (B)
9B Heading Y 13A Message Annunciator
9C Heading Z 13B Discrete Out 2 (GND/Open)
9D Heading Reference (H) 13C Discrete Out 3 (GND/Open)
9E Heading Reference Return 13D Discrete Out 4 (GND/Open)
9F Heading Valid Input (28 V/Open) 13E Discrete Out 5 (GND/Open)
9G Heading Input True/Magnetic (28 V/Open) 13F Discrete Out 9 (28 V/Open)
9H NC 13G Monitor Transmit
9J NC 13H Monitor Receive
9K NC 13J NC
10A CSDB TX Port 2 (A) 13K NC
10B CSDB TX Port 2 (B) 14A CSDB RX Port 3 (A)
10C ARINC TX Port 2C (A) 14B CSDB RX Port 3 (B)
10D ARINC TX Port 2C (B) 14C CSDB RX Port 1 (A)
10E WAAS RX Port 0 (B) – Offside FMS 14D CSDB RX Port 1 (B)
10F WAAS RX Port 0 (A) – Offside FMS 14E CSDB RX Port 4 (A)
10G WAAS RX Port 1 (A) – XChannel RX 14F CSDB RX Port 4 (B)
10H WAAS RX Port 1 (B) – XChannel RX 14G Configuration Module Ground
10J WAAS TX Port 1A (A) – ARINC 743A Data 14H Configuration Module VDC
10K WAAS TX Port 1A (B) – ARINC 743A Data 14J Configuration Module Data Clock
11A Roll Steering (H) 14K Configuration Module Data I/O
11B Roll Steering (L) 15A Fuel Flow 1 (H)
11C Steering Valid Discrete 15B Fuel Flow 1 (L)
11D Autopilot Reference (H) 15C Fuel Flow 2 (H)
11E Autopilot Reference (L) 15D Fuel Flow 2 (L)
11F NC 15E Fuel Flow 3 (H)
11G Discrete In 10 (28 V/Open) 15F Fuel Flow 3 (L)
11H Discrete In 5 (GND/Open) 15G Fuel Flow 4 (H)
11J FMS 2 Discrete Input 15H Fuel Flow 4 (L)
11K FMS 3 Discrete Input 15J Discrete In 4 (GND/Open)
12A ARINC TX Port 0B (A) 15K Discrete In 6 (GND/Open)
Page 337
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(3) Connector BP (Bottom Plug)
Pin Function Pin Function
1 On Battery Annunciator Discrete Output 8 FMS DC Return
2 28 VDC Input 9 NC
3 28 VDC Input Battery 10 NC
4 Power Control 11 CDU DC Power Return
5 NC 12 NC
6 CDU 28 VDC Power 13 GPS Coax
7 FMS Chassis Ground
Page 338
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
D. 5-Inch FPCDU Pin Identification Chart P/N 1018-X-XXX
J1 Connector
Pin Description
A Red
B Red Return
C Green
D Green Return
E Blue
F Blue return
G Sync
H Sync Return
J2 Connector
Pin Function
A CDU Receive Data (H)
B CDU Receive Data (L)
C CDU Receive Data Shield
D
E +28 VDC Keypad Lighting
F Ground Keypad Lighting
G +5 VDC or 5 VAC Keypad Lighting
CAUTION: Use 5 V or 28 V power for keypad lighting but not both.
H
J CDU Transmit Data (H)
K CDU Transmit Data (L)
L CDU Transmit Data Shield
M +28 VDC Power Input
N
P Power +28 VDC Return
R Power On Control Output
J3 Connector
Pin Description
A
B RS-422 Display Data TX (H)
C RS-422 Display Data TX (L)
D Ground
E RS-422 Display Data RX (H)
F RS-422 Display Data RX (L)
G Remote (Repeater) CDU when grounded
H Ground
Page 339
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
E. 4-Inch FPCDU Pin Identification Chart
(1) P/N 1117-XX, 1117-1-X0X (No Video or Graphics Capability)
J1 Connector
Pin Function
A CDU Receive Data (H)
B CDU Receive Data (L)
C CDU Receive Data Shield
D #2 CDU Strap
E +28 VDC Keypad Lighting
F Ground Keypad Lighting
G +5 VDC or 5 VAC Keypad Lighting
CAUTION: Use 5 V or 28 V power for keypad lighting but not both.
H
J CDU Transmit Data (H)
K CDU Transmit Data (L)
L CDU Transmit Data Shield
M +28 VDC Power Input
N Ground
NOTE: Do not connect Pin N when using the 4-inch FPCDU with the UNS-1Lw.
P Power +28 VDC Return
R Power On Control Output
Page 340
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) 1117-2-X1X (With Video and Graphics Capability)
J1 Connector
Pin Function
A CDU Receive Data (H)
B CDU Receive Data (L)
C CDU Receive Data Shield
D #2 CDU Strap
E +28 VDC Keypad Lighting
F Ground Keypad Lighting
G +5 VDC or 5 VAC Keypad Lighting
CAUTION: Use 5 V or 28 V power for keypad lighting but not both.
H
J CDU Transmit Data (H)
K CDU Transmit Data (L)
L CDU Transmit Data Shield
M +28 VDC Power Input
N Ground
NOTE: Do not connect Pin N when using the 4-inch FPCDU with the UNS-1Lw.
P Power +28 VDC Return
R Power On Control Output
J2 Connector
Pin Description
A Red Input
B Red Return
C Green Input
D Green Return
E Blue Input
F Blue Return
G Sync Input
H Sync Return
J3 Connector
Pin Description
A
B RS-422 Display Data TX (H)
C RS-422 Display Data TX (L)
D Ground
E RS-422 Display Data RX (H)
F RS-422 Display Data RX (L)
G Remote (Repeater) CDU when grounded
H Ground
Page 341
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
F. LPV Monitor – Pin Assignment
(1) Connector – Top Plug
Pin Function Pin Function
2A WAAS XChannel Monitor (H) (Guidance 4H WAAS Discrete In XChannel LOS Monitor
Bus 1
2B WAAS XChannel Monitor (L) (Guidance 4J WAAS XChannel Vertical Guidance Flag
Bus 1 Monitor
2C WAAS XChannel Monitor (H) (Guidance 4K WAAS XChannel Lateral Guidance Flag
Bus 1 Monitor
2D WAAS XChannel Monitor (L) (Guidance 7F WAAS Monitor Return
Bus 2
2G WAAS XChannel Lateral Deviation (H) 7G RS-232 WAAS Monitor Transmit
2H WAAS XChannel Lateral Deviation Return 7H RS-232 WAAS Monitor Receive
2J WAAS XChannel Vertical Deviation (H) 10A WAAS Differential Timemark 1A
2K WAAS XChannel Vertical Deviation Return 10B WAAS Differential Timemark 1B
4D WAAS Form Factor Select 10J ARINC 429 WAAS Transmit 0 (A)
4E WAAS Discrete Out XChannel Fail Out 10K ARINC 429 WAAS Transmit 0 (B)
4F WAAS SDI Select
Page 342
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
G. SSDTU – Pin Assignment
(1) Connector – J1
Pin Function Pin Function
A EIA-485 (Side A) (FMS 485 A) J
B EIA-485 (Side B) (FMS 485 B) K
C Ethernet #1 RX (+) L Chassis Ground
D Ethernet #1 RX (-) M SSDTU Power 28 VDC
E Ethernet #1 Shield N EIA-232 RX
F Ethernet #1 TX (+) P SSDTU Ground
G Ethernet #1 TX (-) R EIA-232 TX
H
(2) Connector – J2
Pin Function Pin Function
1 Ethernet #3 RX (+) 29 Ethernet #8 Shield
2 Ethernet #3 TX (+) 30 Ethernet #5 Shield
3 31 Ethernet #5 TX (+)
4 Ethernet #2 RX (-) 32
5 33
6 Ethernet #3 RX (-) 34
7 Ethernet #3 TX (-) 35 Ethernet #8 TX (+)
8 Ethernet #4 TX (-) 36 Ethernet #8 RX (+)
9 Ethernet #4 TX (+) 37
10 Ethernet #2 TX (-) 38 Ethernet #5 RX (+)
11 Ethernet #2 RX (+) 39 Ethernet #5 TX (-)
12 40 Ethernet #7 RX (+)
13 Ethernet #3 Shield 41 Ethernet #7 RX (-)
14 42 Ethernet #7 Shield
15 Ethernet #4 RX (-) 43
16 Ethernet #4 RX (+) 44 Ethernet #6 Shield
17 45
18 Ethernet #2 TX (+) 46 Ethernet #5 RX (-)
19 Ethernet #2 Shield 47 Ethernet #7 TX (+)
20 48 Ethernet #7 TX (-)
21 49
22 50 Ethernet #6 TX (+)
23 Ethernet #4 Shield 51 Ethernet #6 RX (+)
24 52
25 53
26 54 Ethernet #6 TX (-)
27 Ethernet #8 TX (-) 55 Ethernet #6 RX (-)
28 Ethernet #8 RX (-)
Page 343
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
H. DTU-100 – Pin Assignment
(1) Connector – J1
Pin Function Pin Function
A RS-422 (A) J Option Pin 1
B RS-422 (B) K Option Pin 2 (Not Used)
C Ethernet #0 RX (+) L Chassis Ground
D Ethernet #0 RX (-) M Power 28 VDC
E Ethernet #0 Shield N Aux Port RS-232 RX
F Ethernet #0 TX (+) P Power Return
G Ethernet #0 TX (-) R Aux Port RS-232 TX
H Option Pin 0
(2) Connector – J2
Pin Function Pin Function
A Ethernet #1 RX (+) J Ethernet #3 RX (+)
B Ethernet #1 RX (-) K Ethernet #3 RX (-)
C Ethernet #1 TX (+) L Ethernet #3 TX (+)
D Ethernet #1 TX (-) M Not Used
E Ethernet #2 RX (+) N Ethernet #3 TX (-)
F Ethernet #2 RX (-) P Ethernet Shield
G Ethernet #2 TX (+) R Not Used
H Ethernet #2 TX (-)
Page 344
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
4. UNS–1Lw Wiring
The following wiring diagrams represent the basic FMS wiring, including ARINC, discrete,
CSDB, analog and other inputs and outputs. The diagrams also include ancillary equipment
such as the FPCDU and Data Transfer Unit. For all other interfaces such as radar and radios,
refer to SBAS FMS SCN 1001/1101 Interface Manual, Report No. 34-60-71.
Wiring diagrams apply to all versions of the UNS-1Lw unless otherwise noted on the wiring
diagram. Reference to the Pin Identification Charts found later in this section will be helpful
in understanding the differences between FMS versions. There is also an FMS Part Number
Matrix in the Equipment Specifications section of this manual, which will further aid in
understanding FMS differences.
The information, drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a
reference for engineering planning only. The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein
do not represent any specific STC or Form 337 aircraft installation. It is the installer’s
responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft. This manual and the
drawings contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an STC or Form 337 drawing
package.
Page 345
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
A. UNS-1Lw All Configurations
(1) Power and Configuration Module
UNS-1Lw 3116-X2-X11X
MP
BP
FMS ON BATTERY 1 6
ANNUNCIATOR OUT
28 VDC IN 2 16 5 28 VDC AIRCRAFT BUS
CHASSIS GND 7 16
POWER RETURN 8 16
GPS/SBAS COAX 13
GPS/SBAS ANTENNA
P/N 10708
NOTES:
1. ALL WIRING TO BE 22 A.W.G. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
3 THE CONFIGURATION MODULE IS PROGRAMMED THROUGH THE NCU AND IS MOUNTED ON, AND BECOMES PART
OF THE NCU RACK. WIRES SHOWN ARE PART OF THE CONFIGURATION MODULE.
4 FMS SELECT PINS MP11J and MP11K ARE USED TO TELL THE NCU WHICH FMS NUMBER IT IS.
FMS #1 - NEITHER PIN CONNECTED
FMS #2 - PIN MP11J IS GROUNDED
FMS #3 - PIN MP11K IS GROUNDED
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 346
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) Dual SBAS FMS – Analog Configuration (page 1 of 2)
FMS #1 FMS #2
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X116 UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X116
TP TP
4H WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LOS MONITOR
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL 4H
LOS MONITOR
4A LP/LPV LP/LPV 4A WAAS LOS #1
WAAS LOS #1
ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR
WAAS LOS #2 4B LNAV/VNAV LNAV/VNAV WAAS LOS #2
2 2 4B
ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR
LNAV LNAV
WAAS LOS #3 4C 4C WAAS LOS #3
ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR
4K WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LATERAL VALID MONITOR
4J WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
VERTICAL VALID MONITOR
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL 4K 10J A
LATERAL VALID MONITOR WAAS ARINC 429
TX PORT #0
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL 4J 10K B
VERTICAL VALID MONITOR
MP
A 10J 10G A
WAAS ARINC 429 WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
TX PORT #0 INPUT RX PORT #1
B 10K 10H B
MP
A 10G
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1 B 10H
A 4C GPS/WAAS GPS/WAAS 4C A
WAAS TX PORT #1B TO TAWS, WAAS TX PORT #1B
TO TAWS,
ARINC 743A DATA B 4D VISION-1, ETC. 4D ARINC 743A DATA
VISION-1, ETC. B
A
ARINC 429 RX PORT 1
B
APPROACH APPROACH
FMS APPROACH 13D 13D FMS APPROACH
ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR
ANNUNCIATOR DISCRETE ANNUNCIATOR DISCRETE
NOTES:
2 MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE SBAS FMS CONFIGURATION MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
Page 347
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(3) Dual SBAS FMS – Analog Configuration (page 2 of 2)
FMS #1
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X116 FMS #2
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X116
TP TP
2G H
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
2H L MONITOR #1
2J H
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
2K L MONITOR #2
H 2G
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
MONITOR #1 L 2H
H 2J
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
MONITOR #2 2K
L
MP
MP
H 3F 3F H
LATERAL DEVIATION HSI #1 HSI #2 LATERAL DEVIATION
L 3G 3G L
H 7F 7F H
VERTICAL DEVIATION HSI #1 HSI #2 VERTICAL DEVIATION
L 7G 7G L
A 10F 10C A
WAAS OFFSIDE FMS ARINC 429 PORT #2C
INPUT RX PORT #0 B 10E 10D B
NOTES:
Page 348
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(4) Dual SBAS FMS – Digital Configuration (page 1 of 2)
FMS #1 FMS #2
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X110 UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X110
TP TP
4H WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LOS MONITOR
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL 4H
LOS MONITOR
LNAV LNAV
WAAS LOS #3 4C 4C WAAS LOS #3
ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR
A 10J 10J A
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0 10K ARINC 429 TX PORT #0
B 10K B
MP
10G A
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
ARINC 429 RX PORT #1
10H B
A 10G
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
ARINC 429 RX PORT #1
B 10H
4 4
A 4A 4A A
PRIMARY NAV PRIMARY NAV
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0A ARINC 429 TX PORT #0A
DISPLAY DISPLAY
B 4B 4B B
A
ARINC 429 RX PORT
2
B
A 4C GPS/WAAS GPS/WAAS 4C A
WAAS TX PORT #1B WAAS TX PORT #1B
TO TAWS, TO TAWS,
ARINC 743A DATA B 4D ARINC 743A DATA
VISION-1, ETC. VISION-1, ETC. 4D B
A
ARINC 429 RX PORT 2
B
APPROACH APPROACH
FMS APPROACH 13D 13D FMS APPROACH
ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR
ANNUNCIATOR DISCRETE ANNUNCIATOR DISCRETE
NOTES:
2 MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE SBAS FMS CONFIGURATION MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
4 ARINC 429 TX PORT #0 AND/OR #7 MUST BE CONFIGURED AS HS429, LS429, IC-600-01, IC615-01, HS429 MOD 2, HS429 MOD 3, 571 LRN,
P4-01 IOC, P4-02 IOC, P4-03 IOC, P4-04 IOC, P4-05 IOC, LS429 MOD 1, UNS HS429-1, BAE-146, AN HS429-1, PL21-01, IMS-01, IMS-02A, IMS-02B.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 349
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(5) Dual SBAS FMS – Digital Configuration (page 2 of 2)
FMS #1 FMS #2
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X110 UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X110
TP TP
A 2A 2A A
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
MONITOR 2B MONITOR
B 2B B
MP MP
A 10F 10C A
WAAS OFFSIDE FMS ARINC 429 TX PORT #2C
INPUT RX PORT #0 B 10E 10D B
3
12A A
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0B
12B B
3
A 12A
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0B
B 12B
NOTES:
2 DIFFERENTIAL TIMEMARK IS USED IN SPECIAL MISSIONS APPLICATIONS WHERE SYNCHRONIZATION WITH EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT IS DESIRED.
3 ARINC 429 TX PORT #0 AND/OR #7 MUST BE CONFIGURED AS HS429, LS429, IC-600-01, IC615-01, HS429 MOD 2, HS429 MOD 3, 571 LRN,
P4-01 IOC, P4-02 IOC, P4-03 IOC, P4-04 IOC, P4-05 IOC, LS429 MOD 1, UNS HS429-1, BAE-146, AN HS429-1, PL21-01, IMS-01, IMS-02A, IMS-02B.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 350
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(6) Dual SBAS FMS – EFI-890 Digital Configuration
FMS #1 FMS #2
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X110 UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X110
TP TP
A 2A 2A A
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
MONITOR #1 2B MONITOR #1
B 2B B
MP
10G A
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
MP
INPUT RX PORT #1
10H B
A 10G
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1 10H
B
4 4
A 4A 4A A
EFI-890R EFI-890R
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0A ARINC 429 TX PORT #0A
DISPLAY DISPLAY
B 4B 4B B
A
1 ARINC 429 RX PORT
B
A 4C GPS/WAAS GPS/WAAS 4C A
WAAS TX PORT #1B WAAS TX PORT #1B
ARINC 743A DATA TO TAWS, TO TAWS,
B 4D VISION-1, ETC. 4D B ARINC 743A DATA
VISION-1, ETC.
A
ARINC 429 RX PORT 1
B
A 10C 10F A
WAAS OFFSIDE FMS
ARINC 429 TX PORT #2C INPUT RX PORT #0
B 10D 10E B
A 10F 10C A
WAAS OFFSIDE FMS
ARINC 429 TX PORT #2C
INPUT RX PORT #0
B 10E 10D B
12A A 4
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0B
12B B
4
A 12A
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0B
B 12B
NOTES:
1. FOR SBAS INSTALLATIONS, FMS SYSTEMS MUST BE WIRED AS ILLUSTRATED.
2 MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE SBAS FMS CONFIGURATION MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
3 DIFFERENTIAL TIMEMARK IS USED IN SPECIAL MISSIONS APPLICATIONS WHERE SYNCHRONIZATION WITH EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT
IS DESIRED.
4 ARINC 429 TX PORT #0 AND/OR #7 MUST BE CONFIGURED AS HS429, LS429, IC-600-01, IC615-01, HS429 MOD 2, HS429 MOD 3, 571 LRN,
P4-01 IOC, P4-02 IOC, P4-03 IOC, P4-04 IOC, P4-05 IOC, LS429 MOD 1, UNS HS429-1, BAE-146, AN HS429-1, PL21-01, IMS-01, IMS-02A, IMS-02B.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 351
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(7) LPV Monitor Power Installation
LPV MONITOR
P/N 3116-52-1110
TP
5 WAAS FORM 4D
FACTOR SELECT
6 WAAS SDI SELECT #3 4F
BP
FMS ON BATTERY 1 4
ANNUNCIATOR OUT
28 VDC IN 2 16 5 28 VDC AIRCRAFT BUS
POWER CONTROL 4 20
CHASSIS GND 7 16
POWER RETURN 8 16
NOTES:
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 352
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(8) Single SBAS FMS (Analog Configuration) to LPV Monitor
FMS #1 LPV MONITOR
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X116 2 2
P/N 3116-52-1110
TP TP
4G 4E WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL
FAIL DISCRETE OUT
MONITOR DISCRETE IN WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
4H
LOS MONITOR
LPV
WAAS LOS #1 4A H
ANNUNCIATOR 2G WAAS LATERAL
L DEVIATION MONITOR
5 LNAV/VNAV 2H
WAAS LOS #2 4B
ANNUNCIATOR
2J H
LNAV WAAS VERTICAL
WAAS LOS #3 4C
ANNUNCIATOR 2K L DEVIATION MONITOR
4K WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
NAVIGATION VALID MONITOR
WAAS DIFFERENTIAL 10A 4J WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
TIMEMARK A 4 VERTICAL VALID MONITOR
WAAS DIFFERENTIAL 10B 10J A WAAS TX PORT #0
TIMEMARK B CROSSCHANNEL
10K B OUTPUT
MP
MP
H 3F
LATERAL DEVIATION HSI #1
L 3G
H 7F
VERTICAL DEVIATION HSI #1
L 7G
A 10C 10F A
WAAS RX PORT #0
ARINC 429 TX PORT #2 OFFSIDE FMS
B 10D 10E B
A 4C GPS/WAAS GPS/WAAS 4C A
WAAS TX PORT #1 WAAS TX PORT #1
TO TAWS, TO TAWS,
ARINC 743A DATA 4D ARINC 743A DATA
B VISION-1, ETC. VISION-1, ETC. 4D B
A
ARINC 429 RX PORT 3
B
NOTES:
1. FOR SBAS INSTALLATIONS, FMS SYSTEMS MUST BE WIRED AS ILLUSTRATED.
2 THE PRECISION APPROACH SUBSYSTEM (PAS) SCN USED BY THE SBAS FMS MUST BE THE SAME AS THAT OF THE LPV MONITOR,
OTHERWISE LPV APPROACH WILL NOT FUNCTION. THE PAS SCN IS INDICATED ON THE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PLATE.
3 MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE SBAS FMS CONFIGURATION MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
4 DIFFERENTIAL TIMEMARK IS USED IN SPECIAL MISSIONS APPLICATIONS WHERE SYNCHRONIZATION WITH EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT IS DESIRED.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 353
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(9) Single SBAS FMS (Digital Configuration) to LPV Monitor
FMS #1 LPV MONITOR
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-1110 2 2
P/N 3116-52-1110
TP TP
4H WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LOS MONITOR
4A LPV
WAAS LOS #1
ANNUNCIATOR
5 LNAV/VNAV
WAAS LOS #2 4B
ANNUNCIATOR
LNAV
WAAS LOS #3 4C
ANNUNCIATOR
4G 4E WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL
FAIL DISCRETE OUT
MONITOR DISCRETE IN
2A A WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
MONITOR #1
2B B INPUT RX PORT #2
WAAS DIFFERENTIAL 10A
TIMEMARK 1A 4
WAAS DIFFERENTIAL 10B
10J A
TIMEMARK 1B WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
10K B OUTPUT TX PORT #0
MP
A 10J 10G A
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
OUTPUT TX PORT #0 INPUT RX PORT #1
B 10K 10H B
MP
6 A 4A
GUIDANCE BUS #1 PRIMARY NAV
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0 B DISPLAY 1
4B
A 10G
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1 B 10H
A 10C 10F A
WAAS RX PORT #0
ARINC 429 TX PORT #2 OFFSIDE FMS
B 10D 10E B
A 4C GPS/WAAS GPS/WAAS 4C A
WAAS TX PORT #1 WAAS TX PORT #1
TO TAWS, TO TAWS,
ARINC 743A DATA 4D ARINC 743A DATA
B VISION-1, ETC. VISION-1, ETC. 4D B
A
ARINC 429 RECEIVE PORT 3
B
NOTES:
1. FOR WAAS INSTALLATIONS, FMS SYSTEMS MUST BE WIRED AS ILLUSTRATED.
2 THE PRECISION APPROACH SUBSYSTEM (PAS) SCN USED BY THE WAAS FMS MUST BE THE SAME AS THAT OF THE LPV MONITOR,
OTHERWISE LPV APPROACH WILL NOT FUNCTION. THE PAS SCN IS INDICATED ON THE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PLATE.
3 MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE WAAS FMS CONFIGURATION MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
4 DIFFERENTIAL TIMEMARK IS USED IN SPECIAL MISSIONS APPLICATIONS WHERE SYNCHRONIZATION WITH EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT IS DESIRED.
6 ARINC 429 TX PORT #0 AND/OR #7 MUST BE CONFIGURED AS HS429, LS429, IC-600-01, IC615-01, HS429 MOD 2, HS429 MOD 3, 571 LRN,
P4-01 IOC, P4-02 IOC, P4-03 IOC, P4-04 IOC, P4-05 IOC, LS429 MOD 1, UNS HS429-1, BAE-146, AN HS429-1, PL21-01, IMS-01, IMS-02A, IMS-02B.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 354
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(10) Single SBAS FMS (Analog/Digital Configuration) to LP/LPV Monitor (page 1 of 2)
FMS #1 LPV MONITOR
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X116 2 2
P/N 3116-52-1110
TP TP
4H WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LOS MONITOR
4A LPV
WAAS LOS #1
ANNUNCIATOR
5 LNAV/VNAV
WAAS LOS #2 4B
ANNUNCIATOR
LNAV
WAAS LOS #3 4C
ANNUNCIATOR
4G 4E WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL
FAIL DISCRETE OUT
MONITOR DISCRETE IN
2A A WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
MONITOR #1
2B B INPUT RX PORT #2
WAAS DIFFERENTIAL 10A
TIMEMARK A 4
WAAS DIFFERENTIAL 10B
10J A
TIMEMARK B WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
10K B OUTPUT TX PORT #0
MP
A 10J 10G A
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
OUTPUT TX PORT #0 INPUT RX PORT #1
B 10K 10H B
MP
6 A 4A
GUIDANCE BUS #1 PRIMARY NAV
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0 B DISPLAY #1
4B
A 10G
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1 B 10H
A 10C 10F A
WAAS RX PORT #0
ARINC 429 TX PORT #2 OFFSIDE FMS
B 10D 10E B
A 4C GPS/WAAS GPS/WAAS 4C A
WAAS TX PORT #1 WAAS TX PORT #1
TO TAWS, TO TAWS,
ARINC 743A DATA 4D ARINC 743A DATA
B VISION-1, ETC. VISION-1, ETC. 4D B
A
ARINC 429 RECEIVE PORT 3
B
NOTES:
1. FOR SBAS INSTALLATIONS, FMS SYSTEMS MUST BE WIRED AS ILLUSTRATED.
2 THE PRECISION APPROACH SUBSYSTEM (PAS) SCN USED BY THE SBAS FMS MUST BE THE SAME AS THAT OF THE LPV MONITOR,
OTHERWISE LPV APPROACH WILL NOT FUNCTION. THE PAS SCN IS INDICATED ON THE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PLATE.
3 MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE SBAS FMS CONFIGURATION MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
4 DIFFERENTIAL TIMEMARK IS USED IN SPECIAL MISSIONS APPLICATIONS WHERE SYNCHRONIZATION WITH EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT IS DESIRED.
6 ARINC 429 TX PORT MUST BE CONFIGURED AS HS429, LS429, IC-600-01, IC615-01, HS429 MOD 2, HS429 MOD 3, 571 LRN, P4-01 IOC, P4-02 IOC,
P4-03 IOC, P4-04 IOC, P4-05 IOC, LS429 MOD 1, UNS HS429-1, BAE-146, AN HS429-1, PL21-01, IMS-01, IMS-02A, IMS-02B.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 355
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(11) Single SBAS FMS (Analog/Digital Configuration) to LP/LPV (page 2 of 2)
FMS #1 LPV MONITOR 2
2 P/N 3116-52-1110
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X116
TP
2G H
WAAS LATERAL
L DEVIATION MONITOR
2H
2J H
WAAS VERTICAL
2K L DEVIATION MONITOR
MP
H 3F
LATERAL DEVIATION HSI #1
L 3G
H 7F
VERTICAL DEVIATION HSI #1
L 7G
4K WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
NAVIGATION VALID MONITOR
NAVIGATION VALID 3H HSI #1
28V DISCRETE OUT
4J WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
HSI #1 VERTICAL VALID MONITOR
VERTICAL DEVIATION VALID 7H
28V DISCRETE OUT
NOTES:
1. FOR SBAS INSTALLATIONS, FMS SYSTEMS MUST BE WIRED AS ILLUSTRATED.
2 THE PRECISION APPROACH SUBSYSTEM (PAS) SCN USED BY THE SBAS FMS MUST BE THE SAME AS THAT OF THE LPV MONITOR,
OTHERWISE LPV APPROACH WILL NOT FUNCTION. THE PAS SCN IS INDICATED ON THE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PLATE.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 356
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(12) 4-Inch Flat Panel Display Control Unit (FPCDU) (without Video and Graphics)
(P/N 1117-XX and 1117-1-X0X)
4-INCH FPCDU
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X P/N 117-XX AND 1117-1-X0X
MP J1
H 2E A H
CDU DATA TX CDU DATA RX
RS422
L 2F B L
2 2 C
H 2A J H
CDU DATA RX CDU DATA TX
RS422
L 2B K L
L
BP
N 4
3 28 VDC 20 E H
20 F L FPCDU LIGHTING 3
5 VDC
3 OR 20 G H
5 VAC
NOTES:
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 357
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(13) 4-Inch FPCDU with Video and Graphics Display (P/N 1117-2-X1X)
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X
4-INCH FPCDU P/N 1117-2-X1X
MP J1
H 2E A H
CDU DATA TX CDU DATA RX
RS422 L
L 2F B
4 4
C
H 2A J H
CDU DATA RX CDU DATA TX
RS422
L 2B K L
L
BP
N 5
2 28 VDC 20 E H
2
20 F L FPCDU LIGHTING
5 VDC
2 OR 20 G H
5 VAC
J2
A RED
B RED RETURN
C GREEN
2
D GREEN RETURN
VIDEO
E BLUE
F BLUE RETURN
G SYNC
H SYNC RETURN
H E H DISPLAY DATA RX
RS422 TX 3 RS422
L F L
H B H DISPLAY DATA TX
RS422 RX 3 RS422
L C L
NOTES:
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 358
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(14) Dual 4-Inch FPCDUs (without Video and Graphics) (P/N 1117-XX and 1117-1-X0X)
#1 4-INCH FPCDU
P/N 1117-XX AND 1117-1-X0X
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X
BP J1
MP 2 2
H 2E A H
CDU DATA TX CDU DATA RX
L 2F B L
H 2A J H
CDU DATA RX #1 CDU DATA TX
L 2B K L
N 7
20 E 28 VDC
AIRCRAFT BUS 3
20 F GROUND FPCDU
LIGHTING
20 G 5 VAC/VDC
#2 4-INCH FPCDU
J1 P/N 1117-XX AND 1117-1-X0X
2
A H
CDU DATA RX
B L
5 C
R POWER ON
CONTROL OUT
H 2C J H
CDU DATA RX #2 CDU DATA TX
L 2D K L
L
28 VDC 4
+28 VDC
AIRCRAFT 20 AWG M POWER INPUT
2
BUS
20 AWG P POWER RETURN
6 D #2 CDU STRAP
N 7
NOTES: 20 E 28 VDC
AIRCRAFT BUS 3
1. ALL WIRING TO BE 22 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
20 F GROUND FPCDU
LIGHTING
2 DO NOT "DAISY CHAIN" SHIELD GROUNDS. 20 G 5 VAC/VDC
CAUTION: FPCDU LIGHTING CIRCUITS MAY BE DAMAGED IF P2 PINS E, F, AND G ARE WIRED INCORRECTLY. THESE
PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR THE FPCDU ARE DIFFERENT FROM THOSE FOR OTHER UASC CONTROL DISPLAY UNITS.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED
BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 359
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(15) Dual 4-Inch FPCDUs with Video and Graphics (P/N 1117-2-X1X) – Sheet 1 of 2
4-INCH FPCDU
P/N 1117-2-XXX and 1117-X-X1X
J1 UNILINK
4
28 VDC J3 P/N 106X-XX-XXX
AIRCRAFT 20 AWG E H 3
BUS
20 AWG F L FPCDU H E
LIGHTING DISPLAY DATA RS422 TX
RX RS422
GRAPHICS
5 VAC/VDC 20 AWG G H L F
UNS-1Lw 5
P/N 3116-X2-X11X N 10 H B
BP DISPLAY DATA RS422 RX
TX RS422
L C
+28 VDC CDU POWER 6 20 AWG M 28 VDC POWER INPUT
D
CDU POWER RETURN 11 20 AWG P POWER RETURN
VIDEO
C
BLUE E
7
H 2A J H
CDU DATA TX BLUE RETURN F
CDU DATA RX #1
L 2B K L
SYNC G
L
SYNC RETURN H
4-INCH FPCDU
P/N 1117-2-XXX and 1117-X-X1X
UNILINK
4
J1 J3 P/N 106X-XX-XXX
2
H H E
A DISPLAY DATA RS422 TX
CDU DATA RX
GRAPHICS
RX RS422
B L L F
5
C
8 H B
DISPLAY DATA RS422 RX
R POWER ON CONTROL TX RS422
OUTPUT RETURN L C
H 2C J H D
CDU DATA RX #2 CDU DATA TX
L 2D K L
L
J2
9
28 VDC
AIRCRAFT 20 AWG M 28 VDC POWER INPUT
2 RED A
BUS
20 AWG P POWER RETURN
RED RETURN B
D
GREEN C
28 VDC
AIRCRAFT 20 AWG E H 3 6
GREEN RETURN D
VIDEO
BUS
20 AWG F L FPCDU
LIGHTING BLUE E
7
5 VAC/VDC 20 AWG G H
BLUE RETURN F
N 10 SYNC G
SYNC RETURN H
Page 360
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(16) Dual 4-Inch FPCDUs with Video and Graphics – Sheet 2 of 2
NOTES:
CAUTION: FPCDU LIGHTING CIRCUITS MAY BE DAMAGED IF J1 PINS E,F, AND G ARE WIRED INCORRECTLY. THESE PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR THE FPCDU
ARE DIFFERENT FROM THOSE FOR OTHER UASC CONTROL DISPLAY UNITS.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS
SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 361
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(17) Single 5-Inch FPCDUs (P/N 1018-X-XXX)
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X 5-INCH FPCDU P/N 1018-X-XXX
MP J2
H 2E A H
CDU DATA TX
CDU DATA RX
RS422
L 2F B L
2 2 C
H 2A J H
CDU DATA RX
CDU DATA TX
RS422
L 2B K L
L
BP
3 28 VDC 20 E H
3
20 F L FPCDU LIGHTING
5 VDC
3 OR 20 G H
5 VAC
J1
A RED
B RED RETURN
C GREEN
3
D GREEN RETURN
VIDEO
E BLUE
F BLUE RETURN
G SYNC
H SYNC RETURN
UNILINK P/N 106X-XX-XXX
J3
E H DISPLAY DATA RX
H
RS422 TX 4 RS422
F L
L
H B H DISPLAY DATA TX
RS422 RX 4 RS422
L C L
NOTES:
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 362
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(18) Dual 5-Inch FPCDUs (P/N 1018-X-XXX) – Sheet 1 of 2
#1 5-INCH FPCDU P/N 1018-X-XXX
J2 UNILINK
28 VDC J3 P/N 106X-XX-XXX
AIRCRAFT 20 AWG E H 3
BUS
20 AWG F L FPCDU H E
LIGHTING DISPLAY DATA RS422 TX
RX RS422
GRAPHICS
5 VAC/VDC 20 AWG G H L F
4
UNS-1Lw P/N H B
3116-X2-X11X DISPLAY DATA
BP RS422 RX
TX RS422
L C
+28 VDC CDU POWER 6 20 AWG M 28 VDC POWER INPUT
D
CDU POWER RETURN 11 20 AWG P POWER RETURN
VIDEO
C 5
BLUE E
H 2A J H
CDU DATA TX BLUE RETURN F
CDU DATA RX #1
L 2B K L
SYNC G
L
SYNC RETURN H
H E
A H DISPLAY DATA
CDU DATA RX RS422 TX
RX RS422
GRAPHICS
B L L F
6 C
H B 4
DISPLAY DATA RS422 RX
R POWER ON CONTROL TX RS422
OUTPUT RETURN L C
H 2C J H D
CDU DATA RX #2 CDU DATA TX
L 2D K L
L REMOTE G
8
J1
7
28 VDC
AIRCRAFT 20 AWG M 28 VDC POWER INPUT
2 RED A
BUS
20 AWG P POWER RETURN
RED RETURN B
D
GREEN C
28 VDC
AIRCRAFT 20 AWG E H 3
GREEN RETURN D
VIDEO
BUS
20 AWG F L FPCDU
LIGHTING 5
BLUE E
5 VAC/VDC 20 AWG G H
BLUE RETURN F
SYNC G
SYNC RETURN H
Page 363
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(19) Dual 5-Inch FPCDUs (P/N 1018-X-XXX) – Sheet 2 of 2
NOTES:
CAUTION: FPCDU LIGHTING CIRCUITS MAY BE DAMAGED IF J2 PINS E,F, AND G ARE WIRED INCORRECTLY. THESE PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR THE FPCDU
ARE DIFFERENT FROM THOSE FOR OTHER UASC CONTROL DISPLAY UNITS.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS
SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 364
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(20) DTU-100
DTU 100
(P/N 1406-01-X)
P1
H OPTION PIN 0
1
FMS #1 J OPTION PIN 1
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X
TP L CHASSIS GROUND
20
2
H 12F C H
ETHERNET ETHERNET
TX RX CH0
L 12G D L
H 12J F H
ETHERNET ETHERNET
RX G L TX CH0
L 12K
20 P DC RETURN
28 VDC M 28 VDC IN
AIRCRAFT BUS 1
P2
A H
ETHERNET
RX CH1
B L
CONNECT TO
FMS #2
IF INSTALLED C H
ETHERNET
TX CH1
D L
E H ETHERNET
RX CH2
CONNECT TO F L
FMS #3
IF INSTALLED G H
ETHERNET
TX CH2
H L
J H
ETHERNET
RX CH3
K L
L H ETHERNET
TX CH3
N L
P ETHERNET SHIELD
NOTES:
2 ETHERNET CABLE PER ARINC 626 (10 BASE-T FOR AVIONICS USE) P/N ECS 392404 OR EQUIVALENT.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS
SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 365
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(21) Portable DTU
FMS #1
UNS-1Lw 3116-X2-X11X PORTABLE DTU 100
BULKHEAD (P/N 1407-01-1)
TP CONNECTOR 1 P1
2
+ 12F 9 9 C +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
TX RX CH0
- 12G 8 8 D -
12J 6 6 F +
+ ETHERNET
ETHERNET
RX 7 G - TX CH0
- 12K 7
1 1 A +
RS-422
DATA
B -
2 2
H OPTION PIN 0
3
J OPTION PIN 1
12 12 P DC RETURN
20 11 11 L CHASSIS GROUND
28 VDC 20 M 28 VDC IN
AIRCRAFT BUS 1 13 13
BULKHEAD
CONNECTOR
A A A +
ETHERNET
RX CH1
CONNECT TO B B B -
FMS #2
IF INSTALLED C C C +
ETHERNET
TX CH1
D D D -
E E E +
ETHERNET
RX CH2
F F F -
CONNECT TO
FMS #3
IF INSTALLED G G G + ETHERNET
TX CH2
H H H -
J J J + ETHERNET
RX CH3
K K K -
L L L + ETHERNET
TX CH3
N N N -
P P P ETHERNET SHIELD
NOTES:
1 THE DASHED LINES BETWEEN THE PORTABLE DTU AND P1 AND P2 CONNECTORS REPRESENT A WIRING HARNESS
WHICH IS PART OF THEPORTABLE DTU
2 ETHERNET CABLE PER ARINC 626 (10 BASE-T FOR AVIONICS USE)
P/N ECS 392404 OR EQUIVALENT.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 366
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(22) SSDTU
SSDTU
(P/N 1408-00-X)
5 P1
A EIA-485 SIDE A
B EIA-485 SIDE B
FMS #1
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X
TP L CHASSIS GROUND
20
1 2
ETHERNET + 12F C +
ETHERNET
TX RX CH1
- 12G D -
+ 12J F +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
RX TX CH1
- 12K G -
E SHIELD
ETHERNET SHIELD 12H
20 P DC RETURN
28 VDC M 28 VDC IN
AIRCRAFT BUS 1
P2
1 2 4
11 +
ETHERNET
RX CH2
P2 4 -
1 2 4
51 + 18 +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
RX CH6 TX CH2
55 - 10 -
50 19 SHIELD
+
ETHERNET
TX CH6 1 +
54 - ETHERNET
RX CH3
6 -
44 SHIELD
40 + 2 +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
RX CH7 TX CH3
41 - 7 -
47 13 SHIELD
+
ETHERNET
TX CH7 16 +
48 - ETHERNET
RX CH4
15 -
42 SHIELD
36 + 9 +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
RX CH8 TX CH4
28 - 8 -
35 23 SHIELD
+
ETHERNET
TX CH8 38 +
27 - ETHERNET
RX CH5
46 -
29 SHIELD
31 +
ETHERNET
TX CH5
39 -
30 SHIELD
NOTES:
1 USE ETHERNET CABLE ECS P/N 392404 OR THERMAX/CDT P/N 956-426 OR EQUIVALENT.
2 THE EXPOSED UNSHIELDED ETHERNET WIRE BETWEEN THE SHIELD AND THE CIRCULAR CONNECTOR SHOULD BE
LESS THAN 0.5 INCHES LONG.
REPLACING A DTU-100 WITH AN SSDTU:
3. ETHERNET PORTS ON THE DTU-100 ARE NUMBERED ZERO (0) THRU THREE (3). PORTS ON THE SSDTU ARE NUMBERED ONE (1) THRU EIGHT (8).
4 TO HAVE ETHERNET PORTS TWO (2) THRU EIGHT (8) AVAILABLE WHEN REPLACING A DTU-100 WITH AN SSDTU, ADDITIONAL
WIRING MUST BE ADDED FOR PORTS FOUR (4) THRU EIGHT(8) AND THE DTU-100 P2 CONNECTOR MUST BE REPLACED WITH
CONNECTOR PART NUMBER 83000255 WHICH IS INCLUDED IN INSTALLATION KIT K12079-1.
5 WHEN REPLACING A DTU-100 WITH AN SSDTU, NO CHANGES ARE REQUIRED TO THE PLUG P1 OR WIRING.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 367
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(23) SSDTU Installation and DTU-100 Retrofit
SSDTU
(P/N 1408-00-X)
6 P1
A EIA-485 SIDE A
+ 12J F +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
RX TX CH1
- 12K G -
12H E SHIELD
ETHERNET SHIELD
20 P DC RETURN
28 VDC M 28 VDC IN
AIRCRAFT BUS 1
P2
1 2 5
11 +
ETHERNET
RX CH2
P2 4 -
1 2 5
51 + 18 +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
RX CH6 TX CH2
55 - 10 -
50 19 SHIELD
+
ETHERNET
TX CH6 1 +
54 - ETHERNET
RX CH3
6 -
44 SHIELD
40 + 2 +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
RX CH7 TX CH3
41 - 7 -
47 13 SHIELD
+
ETHERNET
TX CH7 16 +
48 - ETHERNET
RX CH4
15 -
42 SHIELD
36 + 9 +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
RX CH8 TX CH4
28 - 8 -
35 23 SHIELD
+
ETHERNET
TX CH8 38 +
27 - ETHERNET
RX CH5
46 -
29 SHIELD
31 +
ETHERNET
TX CH5
39 -
30 SHIELD
NOTES:
1 USE ETHERNET CABLE ECS P/N 392404 OR THERMAX/CDT P/N 956-426 OR EQUIVALENT.
2 THE EXPOSED UNSHIELDED ETHERNET WIRE BETWEEN THE SHIELD AND THE CIRCULAR CONNECTOR SHOULD BE LESS THAN
0.5 INCHES LONG.
5 TO HAVE ETHERNET PORTS TWO (2) THRU EIGHT (8) AVAILABLE WHEN REPLACING A DTU-100 WITH AN SSDTU, ADDITIONAL
WIRING MUST BE ADDED FOR PORTS FOUR (4) THRU EIGHT(8) AND THE DTU-100 P2 CONNECTOR MUST BE REPLACED WITH
CONNECTOR PART NUMBER 83000255 WHICH IS INCLUDED IN INSTALLATION KIT K12079-1.
6 WHEN REPLACING A DTU-100 WITH AN SSDTU, NO CHANGES ARE REQUIRED TO THE PLUG P1 OR WIRING.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 368
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(24) Portable SSDTU
FMS #1
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X J1 BULKHEAD HARNESS PORTABLE SSDTU
TP CONNECTOR P/N 81304072 P1 (P/N 1409-00-2)
2 3
+ 12F 9 9 C +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
TX RX CH1
- 12G 8 8 D -
+ 12J 6 6 F +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
RX TX CH1
- 12K 7 7 G -
1 1 A A
EIA-485 DATA
2 2 B B
12 12 P DC RETURN
20 11 11 L CHASSIS GROUND
28 VDC 20 13 M 28 VDC IN
AIRCRAFT BUS 1 13
J2 BULKHEAD HARNESS
CONNECTOR P/N 81140821 P2
11 11 11 +
ETHERNET
RX CH2
2 4 4 4 -
J2 BULKHEAD
2 3 CONNECTOR P2
18 18 18 +
3 ETHERNET
51 51 TX CH2
51 + 10 10 10 -
ETHERNET
RX CH6
55 55 55 - 19 19 19 SHIELD #2
50 50 50 + 1 1 1 +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
TX CH6 RX CH3
54 54 54 - 6 6 6 -
44 44 44 SHIELD #6 2 2 2 +
ETHERNET
40 40 TX CH3
40 + 7 7 7 -
ETHERNET
RX CH7
41 41 41 - 13 13 13 SHIELD #3
47 47 47 + 16 16 16 +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
TX CH7 RX CH4
48 48 48 - 15 15 15 -
42 42 42 SHIELD #7 9 9 9 +
ETHERNET
36 36 36 TX CH4
+ 8 8 8 -
ETHERNET
RX CH8
28 28 28 - 23 23 23 SHIELD #4
35 35 35 + 38 38 38 +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
TX CH8 RX CH5
27 27 27 - 46 46 46 -
29 29 29 SHIELD #8 31 31 31 +
ETHERNET
TX CH5
39 39 39 -
30 30 30 SHIELD #5
NOTES:
1. THE DASHED LINES BETWEEN THE PORTABLE DTU AND P1 AND P2 CONNECTORS REPRESENT A WIRING HARNESS
WHICH IS PART OF THE PORTABLE DTU.
2 USE ETHERNET CABLE ECS P/N 392404 OR THERMAX/CDT P/N 956-426 OR EQUIVALENT.
3 THE EXPOSED UNSHIELDED ETHERNET WIRE BETWEEN THE SHIELD AND THE CIRCULAR CONNECTOR SHOULD BE
LESS THAN 0.5 INCHES LONG.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 369
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(25) Portable SSDTU (Portable DTU-100 Retrofit)
FMS #1
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X J1 BULKHEAD HARNESS PORTABLE SSDTU
TP CONNECTOR 4 P1 (P/N 1409-00-2)
P/N 81304072
2 3
+ 12F 9 9 C +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
TX RX CH1
- 12G 8 8 D -
+ 12J 6 6 F +
ETHERNET ETHERNET
RX TX CH1
- 12K 7 7 G -
1 1 A A
EIA-485 DATA
2 2 B B
12 12 P DC RETURN
20 11 11 L CHASSIS GROUND
28 VDC 20 13 M 28 VDC IN
AIRCRAFT BUS 1 13
J2 BULKHEAD HARNESS
CONNECTOR 4 P/N 81140811 P2
A A 11 +
ETHERNET
RX CH2
B B 4 -
C C 18 +
ETHERNET
TX CH2
D D 10 -
19 SHIELD #2
E E 1 +
ETHERNET
RX CH3
F F 6 -
G G 2 +
ETHERNET
TX CH3
H H 7 -
13 SHIELD #3
J J 16 +
ETHERNET
RX CH4
K K 15 -
L L 9 +
ETHERNET
TX CH4
N N 8 -
P P 23 SHIELD #4
NOTES:
1. THE DASHED LINES BETWEEN THE PORTABLE SSDTU AND P1 AND P2 CONNECTORS REPRESENT A WIRING HARNESS
WHICH IS PART OF THE PORTABLE SSDTU.
2 USE ETHERNET CABLE ECS P/N 392404 OR THERMAX/CDT P/N 956-426 OR EQUIVALENT.
3 THE EXPOSED UNSHIELDED ETHERNET WIRE BETWEEN THE SHIELD AND THE CIRCULAR CONNECTOR SHOULD BE
LESS THAN 0.5 INCHES LONG.
4 THE PORTABLE SSDTU MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF THE PORTABLE DTU BY USING WIRING HARNESS P/N 81304072 TO
CONNECT J1 AND P/N 81140811 TO CONNECT J2 OF THE SSDTU TO BULKHEAD CONNECTORS USED FOR THE PORTABLE
DTU. USING THE SSDTU IN THIS CONFIGURATION LIMITS THE ETHERNET PORTS TO #1-4, PORTS #5-7 ARE NOT AVAILABLE
IN THIS CONFIGURATION.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 370
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(26) Fuel Flow and Roll Steering
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X
MP
FD/AP COMPUTER
2 ROLL STEERING VALID 11C
H 11A
ROLL STRG OUTPUT
L 11B
H 15A
#1 #1 FUEL FLOW
L 15B
H 15C
#2 #2 FUEL FLOW
L 15D
FUEL
FLOW
INPUTS
H 15E
#3 #3 FUEL FLOW
L 15F
H 15G
#4 #4 FUEL FLOW
L 15H
NOTES:
2 IN SOME INSTALLATIONS, THE ROLL STEERING COMMAND AND VALID CIRCUITS MAY BE CONNECTED THROUGH A RELAY
TO THE FD/AP COMPUTER. THE RELAY COMPLETES THE CIRCUITS WHILE FMS NAV IS
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY
OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 371
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(27) Heading and Radio Tune
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X
MP
COMPASS SYSTEM
X 9A
Y 9B
SYNCHRO HEADING
INPUT Z 9C
HEADING VALID 9F
1 28 VDC INPUT
A 2J
CSDB TX PORT #1
B 2K
2
A 2G
CSDB RX PORT #2
B 2H
A 10A
CSDB TX PORT #2
B 10B
A 14A 3 4 5
CSDB RX PORT #3 CSDB TYPE RADIOS DME/VOR
B 14B
A 14C
CSDB RX PORT #1
B 14D
A 14E
CSDB RX PORT #4
B 14F
NOTES:
3 IF RTU P/N 1055 IS INSTALLED, CONNECT THE CSDB TYPE RADIOS THROUGH THE RTU.
5 IF RTU P/N 1056-01-( ) IS INSTALLED, THEN THE CSDB RADIO INTERFACE SHOWN IS NOT APPLICABLE.
Page 372
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(28) Analog Configuration (P/N 3116-X2-X116)
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X116
MP
FD SWITCH UNIT HSI
H 3F
LATERAL DEV (XTK)
L 3G
NAV VALID 3H
H 7F
VERTICAL DEV
(ANALOG DC)
L 7G
28 VDC
FMS PWR VHF NAV
FD NAV
SELECT FMS NAV
BEARING X / SIN 1A
SYNCHRO
=XYZ Y / COS 1B
RESOLVER
=SIN COS COM Z / RET 1C
RESOLVER Z / RTN 3C
=SIN COS COM
H 5C
DATA
OUT
L 5D
H 5A
ARINC 561
OUTPUT SYN
L 5B
H 5E
CLK
L 5F
TO/FROM 5J
TO/FROM RETURN 5K
H 1E 1 26 VAC AIRCRAFT
26 VAC INSTRUMENT
REFERENCE
L 1F
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER
THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 373
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(29) ARINC Input Ports
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X
TP
A 10C
ARINC 429 RX
1 PORT #0A
B 10D
MP
ARINC 429 RX A 4G
PORT #1
B 4H
A 12C
ARINC 429 RX
PORT #2 B 12D
1) POSITION SENSORS
2) RADAR
A 12G 3) ARINC DME/VOR
ARINC 429 RX
4) AFIS
PORT #3
B 12H 5) TAWS
6) ADC
7) UNILINK
A 8A
ARINC 429 RX 1) IRS3
PORT #4 B 2) AHRS1
8B
A 8C
ARINC 429 RX 1) IRS2
PORT #5 2) AHRS2
B 8D
ARINC 429 RX A 8E
PORT #6 1) IRS1
B 8F
NOTES:
1 THE GPS/SBAS OUTPUT IS INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO ARINC INPUT PORT 0 AND THE FOLLOWING RESTRICTIONS APPLY:
- INPUT PORT 0 MUST BE CONFIGURED AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONFIGURATION MANUAL.
- NO OTHER EXTERNAL DATA MAY BE INPUT TO PORT #0.
Page 374
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(30) ARINC Output Ports
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X
TP
A 10E
ARINC 429 TX
PORT #4
B 10F
MP
A 4A
ARINC 429 TX
PORT #0A B 4B
A 1) POSITION SENSORS
12A 2) RADAR
ARINC 429 TX
PORT #0B 3) ARINC DME/VOR
B 12B 4) AFIS
5) TAWS
6) ADC
A 4E 7) UNILINK
ARINC 429 TX
1 PORT #1 B 4F
A 4J
ARINC 429 TX
1
PORT #2A 4K
B
A 12J
ARINC 429 TX
PORT #2B 12K
B
A 12E
ARINC 429 TX XSIDE FMS IS INSTALLED
PORT #3 12F
B
NOTES:
1 THE GPS/SBAS OUTPUT IS INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO ARINC OUTPUT PORT #2 AND THE FOLLOWING RESTRICTIONS APPLY:
- OUTPUT PORT #2 MUST BE CONFIGURED AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONFIGURATION MANUAL.
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY
OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 375
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(31) Discrete Inputs
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X
MP
DISCRETE #1 IN 6G
(GND/OPEN)
DISCRETE #2 IN 6H
(GND/OPEN)
DISCRETE #3 IN 6J
(GND/OPEN)
DISCRETE #4 IN 15J
(GND/OPEN)
DISCRETE #5 IN
(GND/OPEN) 11H
DISCRETE #6 IN 15K
(GND/OPEN)
DISCRETE #7 IN
6A
(GND/OPEN)
DISCRETE #8 IN 6E
(GND/OPEN)
DISCRETE #9 IN 6F
(GND/OPEN)
DISCRETE #11 IN 6B
(GND/OPEN)
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE AND VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 376
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(32) Discrete Outputs
UNS-1Lw P/N 3116-X2-X11X
MP
DISCRETE #1 OUT 6K
(GND/OPEN)
DISCRETE #5 OUT
(GND/OPEN) 13E
DISCRETE #6 OUT 7A
(GND/OPEN)
DISCRETE #7 OUT
(GND/OPEN) 7B
DISCRETE #8 OUT 6C
(GND/OPEN)
CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE AND VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.
Page 377
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(33) ASCB Version A
UNS-1Lw 3116-X0-X113
TP
ASCB DISCRETE IN 1 9A
ASCB DISCRETE IN 2 9B
ASCB DISCRETE IN 3 9D
ASCB DISCRETE IN 4 9F
ASCB DISCRETE IN 8 9C
MP
+ 1A
ASCB A DATA
- 1B
+ 1C
ASCB A CLOCK
- 3C
+ 5G
ASCB B DATA
- 5K
+ 1G
ASCB B CLOCK
- 1H
ASCB DISCRETE IN 5 3A
ASCB DISCRETE IN 6 3B
ASCB DISCRETE IN 7 5J
Page 378
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 401
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 501
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
2. Installation Checkout
Use these procedures as necessary to approve the Universal Avionics SBAS FMSs or SBAS
FMS and LPV Monitor installations. Interfaces not included in the aircraft may be omitted.
A. Ground Test Plan
Part Number:
Mod Status:
FMC SCN:
PAS SCN:
Serial Number:
Part Number:
Mod Status:
Serial Number:
Part Number:
Mod Status:
Serial Number:
Page 502
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(1) Pre-Test Requirements
Test: 1
Phase of Flight: Ground Test
Operation: Pre -Test Requirements
Function: Required equipment is installed and operational
Remarks:
Test Condition: Verify that all of the required equipment and compatible SCNs are installed and
operational. (DO-187§ 3.4.1.1)
Outcome: 1. FMSs (#1 and #2)
2. DTU
3. Pilot displays
4. Copilot displays
5. TAWS
6. Flight Director / Autopilot
7. Radio Altimeter
8. Air Data Computer(s)
9. VHF com systems
10. VHF NAV Receivers (#1 and #2).
11. ASU/EFB if installed
12. ACARS if installed
13. Attitude and heading sources
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 503
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) Installation
Test: 2
Phase of Flight: Ground Test
Operation: Installation
Function: General Operation
Remarks:
Test Condition: General Requirements (DO-229D §2.1.1.1), (DO-187§ 3.1.3)
Outcome: 1. Airworthiness (DO-229D §2.1.1.1.1)
2. Design and manufacture of the airborne equipment shall support
installation so as not to impair the airworthiness of the aircraft.
3. General Performance (DO-229D §2.1.1.1.2 ), (DO-187§ 3.4.1.2) The
equipment shall perform its intended function.
4. Equipment Interfaces (DO-229D §2.1.1.1.4 ),(AC-20-138A §12.f.(2)), (DO-
187§ 3.4.1.3)
5. The interfaces with other aircraft equipment shall be designed such that,
properly installed with other adequately designed equipment, normal or
abnormal GPS/SBAS equipment operation shall not adversely affect the
operation of other equipment. Nor shall normal or abnormal operation of
other equipment adversely affect the GPS/SBAS equipment except as
specifically allowed.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 504
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(3) Initialization and LPV Annunciation Test
Test: 3
Phase of Flight: Ground Test
Operation: Initialization & LPV Annunciation Test
Function: FMS Power On Self Test
Remarks:
Test Condition: Power up and initialize the FMSs.
Outcome: 1. Power up and initialize the FMSs.
2. Verify that each FMS has the current database.
3. On DATA Page 3/4 Verify that the FMS positions on each unit correspond
to ramp position
4. Verify all data on DATA page 2/4 is accurate and reflects the configuration
and sensors installed.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 505
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(4) Configuration
Test: 4
Phase of Flight: Ground Test
Operation: Configuration
Function: Confirm Configuration
Remarks:
Test Condition: Configuration (AC-20-138A §18.a)
Antenna Offset (DO-229D §2.2.4.3.3)
Outcome: 1. Verify that the configurations comply with the configuration data for the
syatem.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 506
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(5) DTU
Test: 5
Phase of Flight: Ground Test
Operation: DTU
Function: DATABASE
Remarks:
Test Condition: 1. Load a navigation database into both FMSs from the DATA DISK MENU
page.
Outcome: 1. Verify proper operation and database loading. (DO-229D §2.2.1.5.1) &
(DO-229D §2.2.1.5.2)
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 507
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(6) Air Data Computer
Test: 6
Phase of Flight: Ground Test
Operation: Air Data Computer
Function: Sensors
Remarks:
Test Condition: 1. On DATA page 2/4 verify that the ADC is deselected on each FMS.
2. Pull the ADC #1 and ADC #2 CBs.
3. Reset ADC #1 and ADC #2 CBs.
Outcome: 2. Verify that the ADC INPUT FAIL message appears on each FMS.
3. Verify that the values are returned to normal.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 508
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(7) GPS/SBAS Sensor Evaluation
Test: 7
Phase of Flight: Ground Test
Operation: GPS/SBAS Sensor Evaluation
Function: Sensors
Remarks:
Test Condition: 1. Inspect Data page 2/4 on FMS.
2. On #1 FMS deselect SBAS #1.
3. Reselect SBAS #1.
4. Repeat above steps for #2 FMS and by deselecting SBAS #2.
Outcome: 1. On FMS, verify onside RNP/ANP factor is displayed.
2. On FMS, verify offside FMS is in SBAS mode.
3. On offside FMS, verify RNP/ANP is displayed.
4. After reselection verify onside FMS returns to normal.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 509
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(8) DME/VOR Tuning and Inhibiting
Test: 8
Phase of Flight: Ground Test
Operation: DME/VOR tuning and navaid inhibiting.(If applicable)
Function: Sensors
Remarks: Normally on the ground VOR and DME are automatically deselected. (Test set may be
required)
Test Condition: 1. Access the DME page via DATA page 2/4 on each FMS.
2. Select the DME sensor.
3. Access the NVD INHBT page. Input a DME station to inhibit.
4. Access the VOR page via DATA page 2/4 on both FMSs.
5. Tune the VHF NAV to a local VOR, and select the VOR sensor.
6. After test deselect both the DME and VOR sensors.
Outcome: 1. Verify that the page indicates the DME is deselected.
2. Verify reception of local DMEs.
3. Verify proper operation of the navaid inhibit function.
4. Verify that the page indicates the VOR is deselected.
5. Verify proper radial display.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 510
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(9) Power Loss Test
Test: 9
Phase of Flight: Ground Test
Operation: Power Loss Test
Function: FMS
Remarks:
Test Condition: 1. Locate and Pull each FMS circuit breaker.
2. Reset the circuit breakers within 5 seconds.
3. Pull each FMS circuit breaker. Reset the breakers after 20 seconds.
Outcome: 1. Verify that the FMS loses power and that loss of navigation is output. (DO-
229D §2.1.1.13.2),(AC-20-138A §18.e), (DO-187§ 3.4.1.4)
2. Verify that the FMS returns to the page displayed prior to pulling the circuit
breaker. Verify that SYNC is not lost. (If Configured for SYNC)
3. Verify that each FMS requires pressing the ON key to power up. Verify that
the POWER FAIL page appears.
4. Verify that the FMS which was powered down properly Syncs to the other
FMS.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 511
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(10) ACARS
Test: 10
Phase of Flight: Ground Test
Operation: ACARS (if installed)
Function: ACARS
Remarks: NOTE: This test point can be deferred to flight if unable to accomplish on the
ground.
Test Condition: 1. Upload text weather
2. Upload graphics weather (if available).
3. Send text messaging.
Outcome: Verify that each FMS can send and receive ACARS messages over all
networks configured.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 512
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(11) TAWS Control
Test: 11
Phase of Flight: Ground Test
Operation: TAWS Control (If configured)
Function: TAWS
Remarks:
Test Condition: 1. On the DATA TAWS MAINT page engage the test modes.
4. Add several altitudes to waypoints in the lateral flight plan.
Outcome: 1. Verify that the MAINT functions operate normally.
2. Verify line select keys for test functions operate normally.
3. Verify that the TAWS display on the specified display is as expected.
4. Verify the TAWS profile view accurately depicts intermediate crossing
waypoints.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 513
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(12) Overall Evaluation of Pilot Interface
Test: 12
Phase of Flight: Ground Test
Operation: Overall evaluation of Pilot Interface.
Function: General Operation
Remarks:
Test Condition: Verify the following items:
Outcome: Annunciators (DO-229D §2.2.1.1.5.1)
1. Brightness is controllable.
2. Capability to test external Annunciators.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 514
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
B. Flight Test Plan
The following should be considered when the Universal Avionics SBAS FMS with LPV
approach capability enabled is interfaced with the Flight Guidance System.
In a new SBAS FMS installation or when upgrading an existing FMS to a SBAS FMS with
LPV approach capability enabled, it is the applicant’s responsibility to evaluate the
equipment when interfaced with a Flight Guidance System (FGS) through the use of properly
authorized Systems and Equipment, Flight Test, or Flight Analyst DER. The objective is to
ensure that the SBAS FMS equipment interface is compatible with the aircraft.
The Systems and Equipment, Flight Test, or Flight Analyst DER should evaluate the effects
when the FGS de-gains during an LPV approach. Some FGS use a radio altimeter input, and
will use glide slope capture and passage over the middle marker beacon to reduce the gain if
the radio altimeter is failed. Certain FGS depend upon such inputs to enable the "glideslope
extension" function to reduce "porpoising" or aerodynamic instability when coupled to a
glideslope signal during the final approach phase. SBAS FMS equipment designs do not
provide such signals
Part Number:
Mod Status:
FMC SCN:
PAS SCN:
Serial Number:
Part Number:
Mod Status:
Serial Number:
Part Number:
Mod Status:
Serial Number:
Page 515
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(1) Pre-Flight – Required Documents On-Board
Test: 1
Phase of Flight: Before Engine Start
Operation: Pre-Flight
Function: Required Documents on Board
Remarks:
Test Condition: Check for proper documentation aboard aircraft.
Outcome: 1. Registration Airworthiness Certificate
2. Current Weight and Balance
3. Required Flight Manuals and Supplements
4. Aircraft Flight Log
5. Aircraft Open Discrepancies
6. Aircraft Status Checked R&D/Show Compliance/Market Survey
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 516
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) Pre-Flight - Briefing
Test: 2
Phase of Flight: Before Engine Start
Operation: Pre-Flight
Function: Briefing
Remarks:
Test Condition: Brief the flight test
Outcome: 1. Review Flight Test Requirements
2. Review any limitations
3. Brief the purpose of the test
4. Brief the intended route of flight
5. Brief TFRs
6. Brief weather
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 517
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(3) Pre-Test Requirements – Required Equipment is Installed and Operational
Test: 3
Phase of Flight: Before Engine Start
Operation: Pre-Test Requirements
Function: Required equipment is installed and operational
Remarks:
Test Condition: Verify that all of the required equipment and compatible SCNs are installed and
operational. (DO-187§ 3.3.2)
Outcome: 1. FMSs (#1 and #2)
2. DTU
3. Pilot displays
4. Copilot displays
5. TAWS
6. Flight Director / Autopilot
7. Radio Altimeter
8. Air Data Computer(s)
9. VHF com systems
10. VHF NAV Receivers (#1 and #2).
11. ASU/EFB if installed
12. ACARS if installed
13. Attitude and heading sources
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 518
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(4) All – Flight Guidance Interface
Test: 4
Phase of Flight: Before Engine Start/Duration of flight
Operation: All
Function: Flight Guidance Interface
Remarks:
Test Condition: During the course of the flight test observe and verify that the interface between
the FMS and flight guidance does not alter the cockpit design philosophy or
intended function of an FGS mode, switch or annunciation. (AC 20-138A
§18.g),(AC 20-138A §23.b.(4))
Outcome: 1. Verify that the FMS or the FGS keeps the aircraft within the approved
operational envelope. (AC 20-138A §18.g.(2))
2. Verify that a positive, continuous and unambiguous indication is provided of
the FGS modes actually in operation. (AC 20-138A §18.g.(3))
3. Verify that there is consistent annunciation of engage/disengage timing of
the FGS. (AC 20-138A §18.g.(4))
4. Verify that those aircraft that have incorporated bank angle limiting,
consideration should be given to whether the GNSS equipment is defining
a path that cannot be flown. (AC 20-138A §18.g.(7))
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 519
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(5) All – Crew Workload
Test: 5
Phase of Flight: Before Engine Start/During flight
Operation: All
Function: Crew Workload
Remarks:
Test Condition: An analysis of crew workload when operating the GNSS equipment in
association with other piloting requirements should be conducted during all
phases of flight, including those non-normal procedures that can be evaluated
in flight. (AC 20-138A §23.b.(8))
Outcome: Before Engine Start/During flight
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 520
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(6) Initialization and LPV Annunciation Test – FMS Power On Self-Test
Test: 6
Phase of Flight: After Engine Start
Operation: Initialization & LPV Annunciation Test
Function: FMS Power On Self Test
Remarks:
Test Condition: 1. Power up and initialize both FMSs.
2. Enter information on Fuel pages as needed on only one FMS.
3. Enter a flight plan with the a SID and make the appropriate entries on the
FPL SUMMARY page.
Outcome: 1. Power up and initialize both FMSs.
2. Verify that both FMSs pass all items on the self test page.
3. Verify position matches the aircraft . Verify that the time and date are
correct.
4. Accept the position on FMS #1 and FMS #2 and verify that the reverse
video “I” disappears on both FMSs for SYNC operation.
5. Verify that FMS #1 and #2 have the current database.
6. Verify all data on DATA page 2/4 is accurate and reflects the configuration
and sensors installed.
7. Verify data on Fuel Pages 1 through 5 are correct. Verify that all fuel data
SYNC across.
8. Verify all data on FMS #2.
9. On Sensor page, verify SBAS1 is selected.
10. Verify FMS #2 data was transferred from FMS #1. either by SYNC or XFILL
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 521
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(7) Fly the Assigned SID – Take-off and SID
Test: 7
Phase of Flight: Departure
Operation: Fly the assigned SID
Function: TAKE-OFF & SID
Remarks: Approach scaling on first leg of Missed Approach and on the first leg of a SID
Test Condition: Take off and fly the legs of the SID. (DO-187§ 3.4.2.3.c), (DO-187§ 3.4.2.3.b)
Outcome: 1. Verify proper leg sequencing (DO-229D §2.2.1.2.4) with turn anticipation.
(AC 20-138A §23.b.(2)),(AC 20-138A §23.b.(4).(ii))
2. After takeoff verify ADC, DME, and VOR selected
3. Verify the data on NAV page 1/3.
4. Verify proper navigation of this procedure.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 522
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(8) Fly the Assigned SID – Take-off and SID
Test: 8
Phase of Flight: Departure
Operation: Fly the assigned SID
Function: TAKE-OFF & SID
Remarks: Approach scaling on first leg of Missed Approach and on the first leg of a SID
Test Condition: Take off and fly the legs of the SID. (DO-187§ 3.4.2.3.c), (DO-187§ 3.4.2.3.b)
Outcome: 1. Verify proper leg sequencing (DO-229D §2.2.1.2.4) with turn anticipation.
(AC 20-138A §23.b.(2)),(AC 20-138A §23.b.(4).(ii))
2. After takeoff verify ADC, DME, and VOR selected
3. Verify the data on NAV page 1/3.
4. Verify proper navigation of this procedure.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 523
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(9) Antenna Placement – Antenna Shadowing
Test: 9
Phase of Flight: Enroute
Operation: Antenna placement
Function: Airframe Shadowing
Remarks:
Test Condition: 1. Perform 30 degree bank turns both left and right.
2. On the GPS STATUS page monitor the satellite health.
Outcome: 1. Verify the airborne system receives differential SBAS correction.
2. INTEG should remain in SBAS throughout the entire maneuver. (AC 20-
138A §23.a.)
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 524
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(10) Manual Leg Changes – NAV
Test: 10
Phase of Flight: Enroute
Operation: Manual Leg Changes
Function: NAV
Remarks:
Test Condition: From NAV page 1/3, perform a manual leg change.
Outcome: 1. Verify proper interception of new active NAV leg
2. Verify the data on NAV page 1/2.
3. Verify proper indications on EFIS consistent with NAV page 1/3.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 525
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(11) SXTK
Test: 11
Phase of Flight: Enroute
Operation: SXTK
Function: SXTK
Remarks:
Test Condition: 1. Perform a SXTK.
3. Cancel SXTK
Outcome: 1. Verify that SXTK mode is allowed.
2. Verify that it is correct and reasonable.
3. Verify that up to a 45 degree intercept is flown to the new offset course.
4. Verify that non-numeric cross-track deviation is readable and discernable.
(AC 20-138A §13.b.(5))
5. Verify that SXTK cancels and the aircraft returns to the original course via
up to a 45 degree intercept.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 526
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(12) VTO and TOD Calculations – VNAV
Test: 12
Phase of Flight: Enroute
Operation: VTO & TOD Calculations
Function: VNAV
Remarks:
Test Condition: 1. Go to VNAV PATH 1/2 and VTO to a FPL WPT.
2. Perform a DTO to a waypoint downstream of the VNAV WPT.
3. Press the VNAV key to access the PATH VNAV. Select a waypoint on the
FPL with an altitude and finish the VNAV entries.
4. Go to VNAV PATH 1/1 and cancel VNAV
Outcome: 1. Verify VNAV display is correct and recalculated.
3. Verify VNAV display goes invalid and proper message is pushed.
4. Verify computed TOD distance is reasonable.
5. Two minutes prior to TOD, verify "TOP OF DESCENT ALERT" message is
displayed.
6. Upon reaching TOD, verify "VERTICAL WPT ALERT" message is
displayed.
7. Verify that the VNAV indicator on the EFIS display becomes armed and will
show proper deviation from and to the VPATH.
8. Verify VNAV display goes invalid and pushes an appropriate message.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 527
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(13) VHF and SATCOM Systems – ACARS
Test: 13
Phase of Flight: Enroute
Operation: VHF & SAT COM systems (if installed)
Function: ACARS
Remarks:
Test Condition: 1. Request several VHF TEXT ONLY weather requests.
2. Request several weather maps.
Outcome: 1. Verify weather message received.
2. NOTE: If this was accomplished in the ground test, this step can be
skipped.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 528
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(14) Course TO or FROM Operations
Test: 14
Phase of Flight: Enroute
Operation: Course TO or FROM Operations
Function: PVOR
Remarks:
Test Condition: Create a PVOR using one or more of the following functions, from or to any
given WPT.
1. TRACK
2. INBOUND
3. OUTBOUND
Outcome: 1. Verify that the NAV display is correct
2. Verify that the aircraft flys the proper direction. (AC 20-138A §23.b.(2))
3. Cancel with the use of a DTO
4. Cancel with the use of a manual leg change
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 529
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(15) Holding Patterns – HOLD
Test: 15
Phase of Flight: Enroute
Operation: Holding Patterns
Function: HOLD
Remarks:
Test Condition: 1. Define a standard holding pattern at the TO waypoint using the current
course as the inbound leg of the hold and Activate. (TSO-C115b a.(2),(ix))
or
2. Define a standard holding pattern at a TO waypoint using a course as the
inbound leg of the hold so as to create a PARALLEL entry and Activate or
3. Define a standard holding pattern at a TO waypoint using a course as the
inbound leg of the hold so as to create a TEAR DROP entry and Activate.
Outcome: 1. Verify entry is as expected.
2. Verify aircraft enters and flies the holding pattern correctly. (AC 20-138A
§23.b.(2))
3. Verify the data on NAV page 1/3.
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 530
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(16) SBAS Approach – Approach LOS as Required
Test: 16
Phase of Flight: Approach
Operation: SBAS Approach ( minimum 3 approaches)
Function: Approach LOS as required
Remarks: SBAS APPROACH
Note: Verify that flight technical error (FTE) can be maintained at less than 1.0
NM for enroute and approach transition operating modes, and less than 0.25
NM for non-precision approaches, both with and without autopilot and/or flight
director use. (AC 20-138A §23.b.(3)),(AC 20-138A §23.b.(4).(vi).(A))
Test Condition: 1. Assure that the correct LOS is selected and annunciated.
2. Continue the approach to the DA.
3. At the DA select TOGA and fly the missed approach procedure to the hold.
Repeat This Test Condition as necessary.
Outcome: 1. Verify that on the Approach Category Selection Page all available LOS are
listed.
2. Verify that the correct LOS is annunciated on the CDU. (DO-229D
§2.2.5.2.4),(AC 20-138A §19.c.(1))
3. Verify that the LOS is annunciated on the proper external light or display.
(DO-229D §2.2.1.6.1)
4. Verify that the aircraft properly follows the FMS HDG commands. (DO-
229D §2.2.3.2.1)
5. Verify that the aircraft properly intercepts the final approach course and flys
the approach with both vertical and lateral guidance.(DO-229D §2.2.3.3.1)
6. Upon commencing the missed approach confirm that the scaling remains
at 0.3 NM until the first turn point of the missed procedure.(DO-229D
§2.2.3.7.1.2)
7. Verify that the CDU displays Missed Approach and leg sequences
properly.(DO-229D §2.2.3.2.2)
8. Verify that the LPV annunciation extinguishes (if performing LPV LOS).
9. Verify that the aircraft enters and flys the hold as expected. (DO-229D
§2.2.1.3.11)
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 531
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(17) Non SBAS Approach – Additional Approaches
Test: 17
Phase of Flight: Approach
Operation: Non SBAS Approach (as req)
Function: Additional approaches (GPS, NDB, VOR, VOR DME, ILS or LOC BC) as
required for the specific installation.
Remarks: SBAS APPROACH
Note: Verify that flight technical error (FTE) can be maintained at less than 1.0
NM for enroute and approach transition operating modes, and less than 0.25
NM for non-precision approaches, both with and without autopilot and/or flight
director use. (AC 20-138A §23.b.(3)),(AC 20-138A §23.b.(4).(vi).(A))
Test Condition: 1. Load the selected approach into the FMS
2. Continue the approach to the DA.
3. At the DA select TOGA and fly the missed approach procedure to the hold.
Repeat This Test Condition as necessary.
Outcome: Verify that the selected approach is execuited successfully
Findings:
Time:
System #1:
System #2:
Page 532
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
3. Operational Checkout
You may make a copy of this section for recording the results of your checkout of the Flight
Management System. Mark the PASS or FAIL spaces and fill in the blanks as appropriate.
The contents of this section constitute the minimum Return to Service Procedures.
You should perform these checks when you install a new or repaired component of the Flight
Management System or related avionics equipment. You must know the aircraft’s
navigational configuration before you checkout the Flight Management System.
If the equipment fails any check, refer to the Troubleshooting section for corrective
troubleshooting procedures.
A. CDU / FMS Self-Test
These functional and self-tests should be performed after replacement of the FMS and/or the
4-Inch or 5-Inch FPCDU.
(1) Ensure that all system component connectors are connected and units are seated in
mounting racks where applicable. For GPS tests the aircraft must be located outside
the hangar and the antenna must have an unobstructed view of the sky.
(2) Reset any circuit breakers that may have been opened for replacement.
(3) Ensure that 28 VDC primary power is available on the bus supplying power to the
FMS.
(4) Ensure that 26 VAC power is available to supply reference voltages to the FMS.
(5) Ensure that the Air Data Computer system and Air Data Converter (if installed) are
powered up and functioning.
(6) Ensure that the Heading source system supplying heading data to the FMS is powered
up and valid.
(7) Select FMS for display on the flight instruments.
(8) Ensure that power for the FMS system annunciators is available and tested.
(9) Turn on all sensors having independent power control such as IRS.
(10) Push [ON/OFF DIM] on the CDU keypad. After a five-second warm-up, the self-test
page will be displayed.
Pass Fail
(11) The aircraft type appears on line two.
Pass Fail
(12) Check that all items on the self-test page display “PASS”.
Pass Fail
Record failures:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Page 533
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(13) Observe system annunciators during self-test. The following annunciators, which are
remote from the CDU, should illuminate for about 45 seconds during FMS self-test.
NOTE: This test is not supported on the EFI displays.
WPT ALERT (Waypoint Alert) Pass Fail N/A
SXTK (Selected Crosstrack) Pass Fail N/A
APPR (Approach) Pass Fail N/A
HDG (Heading) Pass Fail N/A
MSG (Message) Pass Fail N/A
GPS INTEG (GPS Integrity) Pass Fail N/A
LNAV Pass Fail N/A
LNAV/VNAV Pass Fail N/A
LPV Pass Fail N/A
(14) During the self-tests, with the FMS selected for display on the HSI, verify the
following indications:
NOTE: This test is not supported on the EFI-890 displays.
NAV FLAG – pulls out of view during self-test Pass Fail N/A
TO/FR FLAG – indicates TO condition Pass Fail N/A
COURSE POINTER – slews to 045 degrees Pass Fail N/A
BEARING POINTER – slews to 135 degrees Pass Fail N/A
LATERAL DEVIATION – moves 1 dot right (3.75 NM) Pass Fail N/A
VERTICAL DEVIATION – moves 1 dot up (1600 ft.) Pass Fail N/A
DISTANCE DISPLAY – shows 123.4 NM (or 123) Pass Fail N/A
ROLL COMMAND – 10 degree right bank Pass Fail N/A
NOTE: 1. Indications may differ with some equipment types and EFIS installations.
2. The terms Desired Track and Course Pointer are used interchangeably.
3. The terms Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) and Lateral Deviation
Needle are used interchangeably.
4. The terms Glide Slope Needle and Vertical Deviation Needle are used
interchangeably.
Record any discrepancies:
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
NOTE: After completion of self-tests, the CDU will display the copyright page
followed by the Initialization page [INIT 1/1].
Page 534
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(15) Push [MSG] to display any system messages. Verify that no “FAIL” messages or
“DEMONSTRATION MODE” messages are displayed. “POSITION UNCERTAIN”
is normal until the system has been initialized. If any fail messages are displayed,
refer to the Messages Section in the Operator’s Manual for possible causes. Push
[MSG] again to return to the INIT 1/1 page. Pass Fail
(16) The latitude and longitude of the field should be displayed. Push ACCEPT line select
key (LSK) [5L] or [ENTER] to initialize the position. The cursor will advance to the
date field.
(17) If the date is correct push [ENTER] or enter the date numbers (DDMMYY), then
push [ENTER]. The cursor will advance to the UTC field.
(18) If the time is correct, push [ENTER] or enter the time numbers (HHMM), then push
[ENTER]. The cursor will advance to the ACCEPT line select location. Push
ACCEPT, LSK [5L].
(19) Fill in the following blanks with information from the last two lines of the INIT 1/1
page:
NAV DATABASE EXPIRES
_______________________________________________
FMC VER
_______________________________________________________________
NOTE: You may test the FMS with an expired database.
(20) Push [DATA] four times to display DATA 4/4 page. Verify that the correct aircraft
heading is displayed in the HDG data field. Pass Fail
(21) Manually slew the heading off 10 degrees using the slave switch. Verify that the
heading tracks correctly in both directions. Pass Fail N/A
Page 535
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(22) Push [NEXT] to display DATA 1/4 page and push MAINT, LSK [5R] to display
MAINT 1/1 page. From MAINT 1/1 push S/W VERS, LSK [5L] and observe the
version identification of the various software installed on the system. The FMC
version should match the version approved for the installation in the Airplane Flight
Manual Supplement or other approved documentation. Record the software versions
below.
FMC ____________________
CDU ____________________
AUX ____________________
ANA ____________________
RRS ____________________
BSTRP ____________________
PAS ____________________
ASCB ____________________
RTU ____________________
Pass Fail
(23) Activate the panel lighting system that powers the CDU faceplate lighting for the
FMS and verify proper operation.
Pass Fail
Page 536
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
B. CDU Keyboard Dimming and Display Offset
BRIGHT®
DIM®
CANCEL®
DISPLAY®
OFF/STBY®
Page 537
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
D. Static Test
Selected analog and discrete static tests are available while the aircraft is on the ground.
NOTE: Static tests may not function correctly with some EFIS installations.
Static tests are selected from the maintenance page and confirm data exchange
synchronization between the aircraft and FMS during operation. Static tests verify two
sources of output: analog and digital.
(1) Analog Tests (P/N 3116-X2-X116)
Analog tests are available only for FMSs equipped with an analog board.
(a) From DATA 1/4 page, press the MAINT line select key and select STATIC
TEST from MAINT 1/1. Then press ANALOG Line Select Key. ANALOG
1/2 page is displayed.
(b) Outputs to the flight guidance system are checked by pressing each line select
key and verifying the proper display on the HSI or ADI.
NOTE: Each option must be turned off by again pressing the line select key before a
new option can be tested.
ANALOG TESTS 1/2
BEARING 90 Pass Fail N/A
BEARING 45 Pass Fail N/A
BEARING 135 Pass Fail N/A
DSRTK 90 Pass Fail N/A
DSRTK 45 Pass Fail N/A
DSRTK 135 Pass Fail N/A
XTK LEFT Pass Fail N/A
XTK RIGHT Pass Fail N/A
XTK CENTER Pass Fail N/A
Page 538
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) Discrete Tests
(a) Press the DISCRETE line select key. DISCRETE 1/2 page is displayed. Each
discrete is labeled as it was configured and can be tested.
DISCRETE TST 1/2
DISC OUT 1 Pass Fail N/A
DISC OUT 2 Pass Fail N/A
DISC OUT 3 Pass Fail N/A
DISC OUT 4 Pass Fail N/A
DISC OUT 5 Pass Fail N/A
DISC OUT 6 Pass Fail N/A
DISC OUT 7 Pass Fail N/A
Page 539
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
4. Interface Checkout
A. HSI Test
(1) Press the DTO key then the LIST key. The LIST 1/10 page with VOR/PLT waypoints
will be displayed.
(2) Select any one of the waypoints by entering its corresponding number at the cursor
and pressing ENTER twice. NAV 1/3 will be displayed.
(3) Verify the desired track, bearing, distance and crosstrack (XTK) displayed on the HSI
is the same as on the CDU.
Pass Fail
(4) On DATA page 2 press the ADC line select key to display ADC 1/1.
(5) Press the line select key next to the TAS field and enter 100. Press ENTER.
NOTE: You must deselect GPS and INS before entering TAS as 100.
(6) On NAV 1/3 verify that the groundspeed displayed on the CDU matches that on the
HSI (if the HSI supports this option).
Pass Fail N/A
B. Winds Display (EFIS Only)
(1) Display NAV 1/2.
(2) Select Wind Display on the EFIS. Verify that the winds displayed on the HSI
correspond to those on the CDU.
Pass Fail N/A
(3) Turn the FMS off, then on before proceeding with additional tests.
C. DME Interface Test
Valid DME signals must be received by the DME or RRS system when testing the DME
interface. Local DME station signals, if available on the ground, are adequate to verify
operation of the interface. Otherwise a DME signal generator is required. Manual signal
generators capable of providing DME test frequencies of 108.00 and 108.05 can also provide
a lock-on and DME test of the DDC frequency of 108.20. Otherwise, a generator capable of
manually tuning this frequency should be used.
(1) If a local DME station can be received at the aircraft’s location, turn on and initialize
the FMS to the local airport reference point identifier. If a DME signal cannot be
received and a ramp tester is used, initialize the FMS to KDDC.
(2) Select DATA page 2. Press the DME line select key to display DME 1/1 page. Verify
that the STATUS field displays NORMAL (D).
(3) Press the SELECT DME line select key. The (D) will extinguish and the DME
identifiers will change on a four-second interval as the DME scan tunes to stations in
the area.
Page 540
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(4) Press the MAN DME line select key to place the cursor over the data field.
NOTE: Two MAN DME LSKs are displayed, select only one.
(5) Press the LIST key to display a list of DME stations in the area. If local DME is used,
choose the local DME from the list. If a signal generator is used and the FMS was
initialized to KDDC, select DDC from the list and press ENTER.
(6) Verify that the local distance to station or distance provided by the DME generator is
displayed.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
(7) If the FMS was initialized to KDDC, turn it off and then on again and initialize to the
local airport reference point to prevent confusion.
NOTE: The following steps apply to TACAN (RRS only).
(8) Display DATA page 2 (if applicable).
(9) Select TACAN Status page.
(10) Check radial displayed on CDU for reasonableness.
(11) Compare distance displayed on CDU with aircraft TACAN distance.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail
D. VOR Test (without RRS)
(1) From DATA page 2 press the VOR line select key.
(2) Verify that the frequency displayed in the FREQ field corresponds to the active
frequency of the appropriate Nav Control Head.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
E. DTU-100 Test
NOTE: 1. This test can only be performed on the ground.
2. It is necessary to have the correct UASC Database disk.
(1) From DATA page 1 press the DISK line select key.
(2) Insert the data disk into the DTU-100.
(3) Press DISK CONTENTS line select key.
(4) Verify that the DTU-100 reads the disk and the disk information is displayed on the
CDU.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
Page 541
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
F. SSDTU Test
NOTE: This test can only be performed on the ground.
NOTE: It is necessary to have a correct Universal Database on a USB or Secure Digital
(SD) data storage device.
(1) From DATA page 1 press the DISK line select key.
(2) Insert a mass storage device into the SSDTU.
(3) Press DISK CONTENTS line select key.
(4) Verify that the SSDTU reads the storage device and that database information is
displayed on the FMS CDU.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
(5) Verify indicators are illuminated in accordance with the following table.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
Indicator Color and Action
Indicator
Type Blank Green Green Amber Blue Blue
Solid Blinking Solid Solid Blinking
STATUS SSDTU Off Operational N/A CBIT has Self Test N/A
(Front) detected an
error (SSDTU
will reboot)
USB No device Device OK, Device is Bad or Device OK, in Device is
(Front) present not in use being unsupported use (Indicates being
accessed device Primary accessed
Storage
Device)
SD No device Device OK, Device is Bad or Device OK, in Device is
(Front) present not in use being unsupported use (Indicates being
accessed device Primary accessed
Storage
Device)
NET Not yet N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
(Front) operational
Ethernet No device A network link Network N/A N/A N/A
(Rear) present is established activity
on this port
Page 542
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
G. Approach Mode
NOTE: This test does not operate correctly on some EFIS types.
(1) Turn on and initialize the FMS (position does not matter for this test).
(2) From DATA page 1, press the MAINT line select key.
(3) From MAINT 1/1, press the DYNAMIC TEST line select key.
(4) From DYNAMIC TEST 1/1 press the APPROACH line select key.
(5) As the test begins, select the proper mode of the flight director.
NOTE: The radio altimeter should be disabled for vertical coupling.
(6) As the CDI returns to center, Nav mode will capture.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
(7) As the glideslope needle returns to center, the glideslope function will capture.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
(8) The V-bars will follow the lateral and vertical commands as specified for the test.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
(9) The glideslope flag comes into view during FLAG VERT test.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
(10) The lateral mode of the flight director drops during FLAG STEER test (if roll steering
for approach).
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
(11) Nav flag drops into view during NAV FLAG test.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
Page 543
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
5. Sensor Checkout
A. IRS
NOTE: Inertial Reference System must be in Nav mode before conducting the following
tests.
(1) From DATA page 2 press the line select key for any IRS.
(2) From IRS 1/1 note the following:
Status Hdg
1. _______________________ _______
2. _______________________ _______
3. _______________________ _______
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
B. GPIRS
(1) From DATA 2/4 press the line select key for IRS/GPS.
(2) From GPIRS1 1/3 note the following:
GPS __________ IRS ___________
EPU __________ HDG ___________
# Sats __________
Integ __________
HIL __________
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
(3) If additional GPIRS are installed repeat the above procedure selecting the appropriate
IRS/GPS.
GPIRS2
GPS __________ IRS ___________
EPU __________ HDG ___________
# Sats __________
Integ __________
HIL __________
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
GPIRS3
GPS __________ IRS ___________
EPU __________ HDG ___________
# Sats __________
Integ __________
HIL __________
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
Page 544
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
C. SBAS1
NOTE: Aircraft must be outside for this test.
(1) From DATA page 2 press the line select key for SBAS1.
(2) From SBAS 1/4 note the following:
MODE (ACQ, ALT, NAV) __________
#SATS ________________________ INTEG __________
HPL ___________________________ HAL __________
VPL ___________________________ VAL __________
HFOM _________________________ VFOM __________
352 ___________________________ 354 __________
VER ___________________________
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
D. UASC Radio Reference Sensor (RRS)
NOTE: The following Checkout Procedures may be accomplished in flight and all data can
be compared to aircraft DME, VOR and (if applicable) TACAN.
(1) Display DATA page 2
(2) Select VOR Status page.
(3) Tune test station by frequency (Test) or by ID (line select key adjacent to IDENT).
Check radial displayed on CDU for reasonableness.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail
E. Air Data
NOTE: This test requires the use of a pitot/static tester and approved procedures.
(1) From DATA page 2 press the ADC line select key.
(2) With pitot static test unit applied to the aircraft, run the airspeed up to approximately
200 knots. Confirm that the TAS displayed on the CDU is correct.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail
(3) Change the baro setting on the appropriate altimeter and confirm that the baro-altitude
reading on the CDU coincides with the altimeter reading.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail
(4) Confirm that the SAT displayed on the CDU is reasonable.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
(5) Turn off FMS and turn it back on before proceeding with additional tests.
Page 545
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
F. Fuel Flow
(1) Press the FUEL key until FUEL 5/5 is displayed.
(2) With all engines running, ensure that the fuel flow displayed on the CDU matches the
aircraft’s fuel flow gauges. Check this on at least two different power settings.
❏ Pass ❏ Fail ❏ N/A
G. GPIRS Checkout
(1) GPIRS Status
GPIR1 1/3
gps HYB [D] irs NAV [D]
q 01 hdg 101Ø
#sata 06
integ RAIM set hdg ---ø
hil 0.06nm select
velocity irs ®
fms1 s123 e420 select
irs s124 e421 gps ®
gps s123 e422
hyb s125 e423 RETURN®
GPIR1 1/3
This page is accessed from DATA page 2 and provides data on the GPS and IRS
sensors.
NOTE: The page layout may differ in some installations. Status (GPS)
HYB Navigation mode is using hybrid position from IRS and GPS.
NAV GPS position alone is being used without IRS aiding.
ALT Altitude aiding mode (ADC altitude being used to supplement poor
satellite geometry).
INIT GPS/IRS is initializing position.
ACQ GPS is acquiring satellite for navigation.
TEST GPS is in test mode.
FAIL GPS has failed or no 429 data is being received.
Status (IRS)
NAV IRS has correctly aligned and is in NAV.
ALIGN IRS is in alignment mode.
FAIL No ARINC 429 data received from GPIRS or else GPIRS is sending
FAIL status on the 429 bus.
ATT IRS is in ATTITUDE mode. Sensor will not be used for navigation.
Page 546
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
This page will also show number of satellites being tracked as well as the North and
East component velocities from the IRS, GPS, FMD and Hybrid IRS/GPS.
SET HDG (2R) The value entered is displayed and transmitted on ARINC 429 label
043 for 12 seconds. Then dashes are displayed in the field again and label stops
transmitting. This is used for setting IRS heading when in ATT mode. The display
will indicate ° (degree symbol) for magnetic and T for true heading.
The GPS and IRS can be independently selected or deselected from this page.
(2) GPIRS Comparison Page
GPIR1 2/3
fms1 pos irs pos
n 33 54.0 n 33 54.8
w 117 57.3 w 117 57.8
diff n 00 00.8
w 000 00.5
¬GPS 20.2 irs 15.2®
¬HYB 20.7
RETURN®
GPIR1 2/3
This page is similar to DATA 3/4 but only HYBrid, GPS and IRS positions are shown
for comparison to FMS positions. Pushing the line select key next to GPS, HYB or
IRS will display that position in the upper right hand field and show the difference
from the FMS position.
(3) GPIRS Diagnostics Page
GPIR1 3/3
gpirs diagnostics
270 08DA10
273 056789
274 8745AF
350 604344
352 873243
353 6A7EC2
355 05A5A5
RETURN®
GPIR1 3/3
This page shows contents of ARINC 429 labels from GPIRS as shown in left hand
column. Data is in hexadecimal and is for diagnostic purposes only.
Page 547
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(4) GPIRS Diagnostics
GPIRS BUS 270 – IRS Status
ARINC 429 Hi Speed
Transmission Rate: 500 milliseconds
GPIRS Diagnostic Bit Assignments
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
18
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
P MM Status Bits SDI 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1
Page 548
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
GPIRS Autonomous GPS Status Bit Assignments
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
18
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
P MM Status Bits 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1
Page 549
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
GPIRS Hybrid GPS Status Bit Assignments
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
18
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
P MM Status Bits 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1
Page 550
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
6. GPS/SBAS Checkout
NOTE: In a single FMS installation interfaced with an LPV monitor, skip tests which
require using FMS #2.
A. FMS Power On Self-Test - Initialization and LPV Annunciation Test
(1) Apply aircraft power to the FMS and sensor(s) systems.
(2) Power up and initialize both FMSs.
(3) Confirm that the LPV lights are lit momentarily.
(4) Confirm that installed LOS annunciators are lit momentarily.
(5) Verify that both FMSs pass all items on the self-test page.
(1) Verify the displayed position matches the aircraft location.
(2) Accept the position on FMS #1 and FMS #2 and verify that the reverse video ‘I’
disappears on both FMSs for SYNC operation.
(3) Verify that both FMSs have the current database.
(4) On DATA 3/4 page verify that the FMS positions on each unit correspond to the
aircraft location and is consistent with the sensor positions and with the other FMS
position.
(5) Verify all data on DATA 2/4 page is accurate and reflects the configuration and
sensors installed.
B. GPS/SBAS Sensor Evaluation
NOTE: At times, it may take up to 30 minutes to acquire a valid almanac from the satellites
present.
(1) Display DATA 2/4 page on FMS #1. Verify Onside FMS displays an EPU value,
Offside displays Nav mode.
(2) On FMS #1 deselect SBAS #1. Verify Offside FMS displays an EPU value.
(3) Reselect SBAS #1. On Offside FMS, verify FMS displays a Nav mode.
(4) Display DATA 2/4 page on FMS #2. Verify Onside FMS displays an EPU value.
(5) On FMS #2, deselect SBAS #2. Verify Offside FMS #1 displays an EPU value.
(6) Reselect SBAS #2. Verify Onside FMS displays an EPU value.
Page 551
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
C. Flight Plan with LPV Approach
NOTE: A list of SBAS Channel IDs may be obtained from the following web site:
http://gps.faa.gov.
(1) With a destination airport in the flight plan, select FPL-MENU-ARRIVE and enter
the data on the page as normal to add the RNAV approach. Making selections as
prompted.
(2) With a destination airport in the flight plan, select FPL-MENU-ARRIVE and enter
the SBAS Channel ID in the Airport ID field.
(3) With the destination airport in the flight plan, select FPL-MENU-ARRIVE and enter
the SBAS Channel ID for another airport.
(4) Verify that the choice selections are correct for the airport and that the flight plan is
properly displayed after approach selection. Verify the SBAS Channel ID is correct
and matches the printed chart. Verify that the Path ID is correct.
NOTE: SBAS Channel ID is not available if there is no FASDB.
(5) Verify that the Flight Plan is modified, adding the approach chosen by the SBAS
Channel ID and that it is correct and reasonable.
(6) Verify that the field blanks until an acceptable SBAS channel or airport line number
is entered.
(7) Verify that the approach navigation source selected for the approach is positively
indicated in the normal field of view at each pilot station.
(8) Verify that the flight plan data is synchronized to the offside.
Page 552
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
D. CDU Display of RNP/ANP
Observe the RNP/ANP on CDU NAV 1/1 page.
E. GPS/SBAS Dynamic Test
Whenever any SBAS Critical Configuration Data is changed (FMS Transmit Bus, Analog
Bus (DEVs) or the Crosschannel Monitor), this test verifies that the SBAS subsystem has the
appropriate scale factors, timing and other requirements for the SBAS critical guidance
parameters and that the state of the crosschannel monitoring is as desired.
NOTE: A flight plan must be entered and linked to the navigation legs prior to running
GPS/SBAS Dynamic Test.
NOTE: The FMS will now begin a guidance bus test. It is imperative that the displayed
FMS guidance command as seen on the FMS is reflected accurately on the PFD
instruments and annunciations. This test will include deviations, flags and
annunciations. If any discrepancy occurs, it must be resolved before flight.
It should be noted in EFIS integrations that all EFIS systems may not recognize the
test criteria due to bus label format and structure. If this is the case, the EFIS
manufacture or direct contact with UASC should be exercised.
(1) Open MAINT 1/1 page by selecting MAINT from DATA 1/4 page.
DATA 1/4
MAINT 1/1
¬CONFIG
¬PAS
MAINT/PAS 1/1
¬GUIDANCE BUS
¬ANTENNA CONFIRM
Page 553
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(3) Select GUIDANCE BUS LSK [1L] to display the GUIDANCE BUS STATUS page.
onside offside
UNCONFIRMED UNCONFIRMED
xc-monitor
ENABLED
DYNAMIC TEST®
RETURN®
(4) Select DYNAMIC TEST LSK [4R] to run the Dynamic Tests that will confirm any
SBAS critical configuration data changes.
(5) The FMS will indicate to the SBAS subsystem to begin the Dynamic Test and display
the progress of this test on the DYNAMIC TEST page as illustrated in the following:
(6) Observe the aircraft displays and/or indicators verifying that the displays match the
indication from the FMS.
DYNAMIC TESTS
IN PROGRESS
RIGHT UP
¬CANCEL
Page 554
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(7) When the SBAS subsystem completes the Dynamic Tests successfully and the FMS
displays a TEST COMPLETED message, a confirmation code and entry field are
displayed:
NOTE: If the Dynamic Test fails, the SBAS subsystem will exit the test and the
FMS will display TEST FAILED. LP and LPV will then be inhibited. The
SBAS configuration and/or aircraft wiring must be re-verified.
DYNAMIC TESTS
TEST COMPLETED
confirm code
1234
enter confirm code
--------------------
¬CONFIRM RETURN®
(8) Enter the alphanumeric equivalent value (i.e. ONETWOTHREEFOUR) for each of
the four numerical values of the displayed CONFIRM CODE (with leading zeros, if
any, no spaces, no decimals), press ENTER. Press the CONFIRM key LSK [5L] to
send data to the SBAS subsystem.
NOTE: This confirmation applies to the Onside FMS only.
DYNAMIC TESTS
TEST COMPLETED
confirm code
1234
enter confirm code
ONETWOTHREEFOUR
¬CONFIRM RETURN®
(9) The SBAS subsystem(s) (both Onside and Offside) verify the result for both the
Onside/Offside configurations and reports the status back to the FMS.
(10) The FMS displays the GUIDANCE BUS STATUS page displaying the status of both
the Onside and Offside systems.
NOTE: If the Offside is still unconfirmed, run the Guidance Bus Test on the other
FMS to enable LPV.
onside offside
CONFIRMED UNCONFIRMED
xc-monitor
ENABLED
DYNAMIC TEST®
RETURN®
Page 555
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
F. Antenna Offsets Test
This test must be run whenever the SBAS Antenna Offsets are changed.
(1) Open MAINT 1/1 page by selecting MAINT from DATA 1/4 page.
DATA 1/4
MAINT 1/1
¬CONFIG
¬PAS
MAINT/PAS 1/1
¬GUIDANCE BUS
¬ANTENNA CONFIRM
(3) Select ANTENNA CONFIRM LSK [2L] to display the ANTENNA CONFIRM page.
The FMS displays the Antenna Offsets, confirmed or unconfirmed, for onside as
received from the SBAS subsystem.
ANTENNA 1/1
pas
UNCOMFIRMED confirm
x´+º£.ºm
-----------------
x´+ºº.m
-----------------
x´+º.m
-----------------
RETURN®
Page 556
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(4) Enter the alphanumeric equivalent value (i.e. ONETWOTHREE) for each of the
numerical values of the Onside displayed antenna offsets, including the sign and
leading/trailing zeros (no spaces or decimals). The ‘P’ and ‘M’ keys are used to
represent plus/minus respectively. The ENTER key is used to advance the cursor to
the next field.
ANTENNA 1/1
pas
UNCOMFIRMED CONFIRM®
x´+º£.ºm
PZEROTHREEZERO
x´+ºº.m
PZEROZEROEIGHT
x´-º.m
MZEROTWOFIVE
RETURN®
(5) Press CONFIRM LSK [1R], this sends the antenna data to the SBAS subsystem for
confirmation.
(6) The SBAS subsystem determines that the data is valid, confirms the data and the
FMS displays that the Onside Antenna data page as confirmed.
ANTENNA 1/1
pas
COMFIRMED CONFIRM®
x´+º£.ºm
PZEROTHREEZERO
x´+ºº.m
PZEROZEROEIGHT
x´-º.m
MZEROTWOFIVE
RETURN®
(7) Press RETURN LSK [5R] to return to the MAINT/PAS 1/1 page.
Page 557
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
7. Troubleshooting
When an FMS fails any of the tests in the checkout section, troubleshoot it per the procedures
below.
Troubleshooting instructions are provided in the following three-column table, in which the
first column lists equipment symptoms or describes the portion of the checkout procedure
that the unit did not pass. These Malfunction/Symptoms are listed in approximately the same
sequence as the checkout procedures. The second column lists probable causes. The third
column describes the corrective action(s) for the malfunction.
After performing the listed corrective action, repeat the failed test to ensure that the problem
has been corrected. Then complete the checkout procedure from the point where it was
interrupted. Should the corrective action affect tests already passed, perform those tests
again.
Where more than one corrective action is listed, the first action listed is the most probable
repair that will correct the malfunction. However, when replacement of a major component
such as the FMS is recommended, it is permissible to replace individual circuit boards
instead if personnel are authorized by Universal Avionics Systems Corporation to do so. If
there is more than one corrective action listed and performing the first action does not correct
the problem, perform the next action listed.
NOTE: Ensure that you have eliminated all other potential causes of trouble before
returning the FMS, FPCDU or other major component for repair. Verify that the
installation wiring is correct. Determine whether the correct input and output
voltages are present. Verify that the required ARINC labels are present on the data
busses.
Page 558
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
A. Self-Test
TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTION
The Self-Test Page displays a May indicate fault in Self-Test. Push [MSG] to display failure
FAIL next to one or more of the information, troubleshoot indicated
items but after a short time, the fault.
Self-Test Page is replaced by the
Initialization Page.
The Self-Test Page displays a FMS is defective. Replace the FMS.
FAIL but is not replaced by the
Initialization Page.
CDU MSG indicator does not CDU is defective. Replace the CDU.
illuminate.
One or more of the annunciators The annunciator is defective. Troubleshoot annunciator per
does not illuminate during self-test. manufacturer’s instructions.
CRT brightness does not respond CDU is defective. Replace the CDU.
properly to dimming feature.
Keyboard brightness cannot be 1. Fault in radio lighting circuit. 1. Repair radio lighting circuit.
controlled by the radio lighting. 2. CDU is defective. 2. Replace CDU.
Software is not the correct version. FMS has the wrong software Reconfigure or upgrade software.
program.
DEXP is out of date. 1. System date or time is wrong. 1. Enter the correct date and time
2. Wrong database. on Initialization page.
2. Update database per Operator’s
Manual.
Page 559
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
B. System Failure Messages
During normal FMS operations, numerous background tests are run continuously to assure
normal operations. Should failures occur, the FMS system will notify the operator with a
flashing message light on the panel or on the associated EFIS display. Pressing the MSG key
will display a message with information about the failure detected. Many failures can be a
result of problems other than the FMS systems components. The following table lists failure
messages that can be displayed by the FMS, their meanings and possible causes / remedies to
assist the maintenance technician with troubleshooting pilot reported failure messages. This
table lists only failure messages, not normal system status messages that are not indicative of
component failures.
Refer to the applicable Operator’s Manual for a complete listing of messages.
System Failure Messages
Failure Message Probable Cause Action/Correction
400 Hz REF FAIL 1. No power to circuit. 1. Check/reset 26 VAC circuit
breaker(s).
2. 400 Hz AC power has failed. 2. 26 VAC voltage/frequency out of
tolerance.
3. Wiring faults. 3. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
4. Defective FMS. 4. Replace FMS.
ABNORMAL CKLIST DB FAIL The abnormal checklist database Reload checklist database.
has failed. (Only with Collins Pro
Line 4 800 configuration)
A/D CODE # Analog/Digital board failed self- Replace FMS.
test.
A/D HEADING FAIL 1. Present system heading source, 1. Check heading source to FMS,
A/D (synchro analog-to-digital), switch sources/reset system as
has failed. required.
2. Wiring faults. 2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Defective FMC. 3. Replace FMS.
ADC INPUT FAIL 1. An Air Data Computer (ADC) 1. Check circuit breakers for Air
failure is detected. Data Computer/ACU if installed.
Select alternate sources if
available.
2. Wiring faults. 2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Defective FMS. 3. Replace FMS.
AD DB BAD/MISSING FILE 1. Air Drop ballistics database file
missing.
2. Aircraft basic profile data file is
missing.
3. Incorrect CRC
4. Invalid data.
AD DB CRC CHECK FAIL 1. Airdrop ballistics database failed
CRC check.
2. Aircraft basic profile data has
failed CRC check.
Page 560
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 561
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 562
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 563
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 564
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 565
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
System Failure Messages
Failure Message Probable Cause Action/Correction
GLS # CONFIG MODULE FAIL The GLS #n configuration module 1. Troubleshoot configuration
has failed. module wiring.
2. Replace configuration module.
GLS # FAIL The GPS Landing System LRU Troubleshoot and repair the GLS.
has failed
GLS # VDL FAIL The VHF data link board internal to Troubleshoot the GLS.
the GLS LRU has failed.
GNSS # FAIL 1. Defective or inoperative GNSS 1. Check status of GNSS sensor.
sensor.
2. Wiring faults on GNSS input to 2. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.
FMS.
GPIR # FAILED 1. Defective or inoperative GPIRS 1. Check status of GPIRS sensor.
sensor.
2. Wiring faults on GPIRS input to 2. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.
FMS.
GPS # FAILED 1. GPS position data is missing or 1. Check status of GPS sensor on
invalid or the status label indicates DATA pages.
a FAIL status exists.
2. GPS antenna coax is damaged 2. Check condition of GPS
or disconnected. antenna/coax and repair as
required.
3. Wiring faults on GPS 3. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.
input/output wiring.
4. Defective GPS sensor. 4. Replace GPS sensor. If GPS is
internal to the FMS, replace FMS.
HEADING REF FAIL 1. No power to circuit. 1. Check/reset 26 VAC circuit
breaker(s).
2. 400 Hz (AC) power has failed. 2. 26 VAC voltage/frequency out of
tolerance.
3. Wiring faults. 3. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.
4. Defective FMS. 4. Replace FMS.
IC600L HEADING FAIL The left heading source has failed Troubleshoot and repair the left
(Honeywell Primus 1000 only) heading source.
IC600R HEADING FAIL The right heading source has 1. Troubleshoot and repair the
failed (Honeywell Primus 1000 right heading source.
only). 2. Replace FMS
IC600-L BUS FAIL The left IC600 bus has failed 1. Troubleshoot and repair the
(Honeywell Primus 1000 only). Primus 1000 system.
2. Replace the FMS.
IC600-R BUS FAIL The right IC600 bus has failed 1. Troubleshoot and repair the
(Honeywell Primus 1000 only). Primus 1000 system.
2. Replace the FMS.
IMS BUS FAIL In the Sextant IMS-01 and IMS-02
configuration, designed for the de
Havilland DHC-8 Q400, Label 270
does not have a valid SSM, or is
not detected on the bus.
Page 566
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 567
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 568
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
System Failure Messages
Failure Message Probable Cause Action/Correction
PILOT STAR DATABASE FAIL A problem has been detected in Reload pilot database.
the pilot defined STAR database.
PILOT WPT DATABASE FAIL A problem has been detected in Reload pilot database.
the pilot defined waypoint
database.
n VOLT PWER SUPPLY # FAIL 1. Wiring faults on configuration 1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
(n = 3 VDC, 5 VDC, +8 VDC or module.
–8VDC) 2. DTU wiring faults. 2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Defective FMS. 3. Replace FMS.
PROGRAM CHECK FAIL A fault in the FMS Software. Reload the FMS Software.
PRO LINE 21-L BUS FAIL The left PL-21 bus has failed or is 1. Troubleshoot and repair the Pro
invalid (Collins Pro Line 21 EFIS Line 21 system
only). 2. Replace the FMS.
PRO LINE 21-R BUS FAIL The right PL-21 bus has failed or is 1. Troubleshoot and repair the Pro
invalid (Collins Pro Line 21 EFIS Line 21 system
only). 2. Replace the FMS.
RCU # FAIL 1. Wiring faults in RCU to FMS 1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
interface.
2. Defective RCU. 2. Replace RCU.
RIGHT IOC-…FAIL The right input/output concentrator Replace the failed IOC.
(onside or offside) has failed.
RRS DATA BUS FAIL 1. Wiring faults in RRS interface. 1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
2. Defective RRS. 2. Replace RRS.
RRS (DME, TACAN, VOR) SELF 1. Wiring faults in RRS interface. 1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
TEST FAIL 2. Defective RRS. 2. Replace RRS.
RRS TUNE BUS FAIL 1. Faults in tune data wiring from 1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
FMS to RRS.
2. Defective RRS. 2. Replace RRS.
RRS (DME, TACAN, VOR) TUNE 1. Faults in tune data wiring from 1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
FAIL FMS to RRS.
2. Wiring faults between the RRS 2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
and DME, TACAN, and/or VOR.
3. Defective RRS. 3. Replace RRS.
RTU # FAIL 1. Wiring faults in RTU to FMS 1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
interface.
2. Defective RTU. 2. Replace RTU.
RUNWAY DATABASE FAIL The runway database has failed. Reload navigation database.
SBAS DATABASE FAIL A problem has been found in the Reload navigation database.
SBAS approach database. The
FMS will limit SBAS Approach to
the LNAV level of service.
SBAS # FAIL FAIL status has been determined
for the indicated SBAS
SID DATABASE FAIL The Navigation SID database has Reload navigation database.
failed.
Page 569
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 570
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 571
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
C. Database Update Error Messages
The system provides notification of errors that occur during the database update process
which prevent successful completion of the database load procedure.
The system provides notification of errors that occur during the database update process
which prevent successful completion of the database load procedure. The use of the term
“DTU” is used to reference the DTU, DTU-100 or SSDTU and the use of the terms “DISK”
displayed on the FMS and “data storage device” are used to reference floppy disk, Zip disk,
USB or Secure Digital data storage devices.
Database Update Error Messages
Trouble Probable Cause Action/Correction
COMMUNICATION ERROR: 1. DTU power interrupted. 1. Restore power to DTU.
DTU STOPPED RESPONDING 2. DTU wiring faults. 2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Defective DTU 3. Replace DTU.
COMMUNICATION ERROR: 1. DTU power interrupted. 1. Restore power to DTU.
FMS AND DTU ARE OUT OF 2. DTU wiring faults. 2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
SYNC 3. Defective DTU 3. Replace DTU.
COMMUNICATION ERROR: 1. DTU power interrupted. 1. Restore power to DTU.
OPERATION ABORTED BY DTU 2. DTU wiring faults. 2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Defective DTU 3. Replace DTU.
COMMUNICATION ERROR: 1. DTU power interrupted. 1. Restore power to DTU.
UNRECOVERABLE ERRORS IN 2. DTU wiring faults. 2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
TRANSFERRED DATA 3. Defective DTU 3. Replace DTU.
COULD NOT LOAD ALL Attempting to load incorrect Obtain and load correct database.
DATABASES – TOO LARGE FOR database.
AVAILABLE MEMORY
DISK FORMAT ERROR 1. Bad diskette. 1. Replace diskette.
2. DTU wiring faults. 2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Defective DTU. 3. Replace DTU.
DISK IS FULL An attempt is made to write flight Insert a blank formatted disk.
data to the disk and there is not
enough free space available.
DISK IS WRITE PROTECTED The DTU detects that the disk is Reset the write protect window on
write protected. the diskette.
DISK MUST BE EMPTY USE An attempt is made to do a Pilot Use blank formatted diskette to
ANOTHER DISK OR PUSH Database Save and the disk perform pilot database save
FORMAT DISK ON DISK MENU already contains at least one DOS function.
TO DELETE ALL FILES ON THIS file.
DISK
DISK READ OR WRITE ERROR 1. Bad diskette 1. Replace diskette.
2. Electrical noise on DTU data 2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
lines.
3. Defective DTU. 3. Replace DTU.
DTU NOT DETECTED 1. DTU is not connected. 1. Check DTU connections and
2. DTU is not turned on and repair as required.
finished with self-test. 2. Turn on the DTU and wait until it
3. Defective DTU. has finished self-test.
3. Replace DTU.
Page 572
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
D. Configuration Verification
Trouble Probable Cause Action/Correction
Data value fails to match the 1. Configuration Module is 1. Reprogram per System Data
corresponding data value on the programmed incorrectly. Installation section in this manual.
Aircraft Configuration Data Sheets. 2. Mount rack or FMS connector 2. Determine fault and replace.
pins, insulation or wiring is
defective.
3. FMS is defective. 3. Replace FMS.
Page 573
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
E. FMS Self-Test Output Checkout
Trouble Probable Cause Action/Correction
HSI does not show required 1. Configuration is incorrect. 1. Reprogram.
output. 2. FMS to HSI wiring is incorrect 2. Check and correct wiring (see
Troubleshooting Synchro: Wiring
to Receiver).
3. HSI is defective. 3. Replace HSI.
4. FMS is defective. 4. Replace FMS.
Flight director does not command 1. FMS to autopilot/flight director is 1. Rewire correctly.
10 degree right bank. incorrect.
2. Flight director is defective. 2. Replace the flight director.
3. FMS is defective. 3. Replace FMS.
G. DIST/GS Checkout
Trouble Probable Cause Action/Correction
DIST is not counting down or GS FMS is defective. Replace the FMS.
(Ground Speed) is not approx. 150
knots.
I. DIST/BRG Checkout
Trouble Probable Cause Action/Correction
CDU does not show correct 1. Fault in wiring. 1. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.
distance or bearing. 2. CDU is defective. 2. Replace CDU.
3. FMS is defective 3. Replace FMS.
HSI does not show above values. 1. Fault in wiring. 1. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.
2. HSI is defective. 2. Replace HSI.
3. FMS is defective 3. Replace FMS.
Multifunction display (MFD) does 1. Wiring to MFD is incorrect. 1. Check and correct.
not show correct display. 2. MPU is defective. 2. Replace the MPU.
3. MFD is defective. 3. Replace the MFD.
Page 574
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
J. Roll Steering Checkout
Trouble Probable Cause Action/Correction
Control yoke does not rotate in 1. FMS to autopilot/flight director 1. Rewire.
specified direction. wiring is reversed.
2. Flight guidance equipment is 2. Check out and correct.
defective.
3. FMS is defective. 3. Replace FMS.
FMS HDG panel annunciator does 1. Annunciator or its wiring is 1. Repair as required.
not illuminate. defective.
2. FMS is defective 2. Replace FMS.
L. DME Checkout
Trouble Probable Cause Action/Correction
DME Sensor Status Page does 1. DME sensor or wiring is 1. Determine which and correct.
not show correct distance to DME. defective. 2. Replace FMS.
2. FMS is defective
N. Sensor Checkout
(1) Checkout of Inertial Sensor Status and Heading Displays
Trouble Probable Cause Action/Correction
CDU does not show FAILED when FMS is defective. Replace FMS.
ISS is off.
CDU does not show ALIGN when 1. IRS or its wiring is defective. 1. Repair as required.
MSU is set to Align. 2. FMS is defective 2. Replace FMS.
CDU does not show NAV when 1. IRS or its wiring is defective. 1. Repair as required.
IRS is in NAV mode. 2. FMS is defective 2. Replace FMS.
CDU HDG IN does not agree with IRS is defective. Replace IRS.
the reference heading.
CDU HDG IN does not agree with 1. IRS or its wiring is defective. 1. Repair as required.
the HSI HDG 2. FMS is defective 2. Replace FMS.
Page 575
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
(2) Checkout of LORAN C Sensor
Trouble Probable Cause Action/Correction
LCS display does not show 1. Required LORAN station(s) is 1. Check station maintenance
expected values. off the air. chart in Navigation Systems
section, Page 601.
2. Sensor system is defective. 2. Repair the sensor system.
3. FMS is defective. 3. Replace FMS.
Page 576
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Navigation Systems
1. Scheduled Maintenance Periods of Navigation Systems
Maintenance periods are subject to change. Information about DGPS, GPS and LORAN may
be obtained on the Internet at www.navcen.uscg.gov
Additional information about DGPS, GPS and LORAN is available from:
703-313-5900
U.S. Coast Guard Navigation Center
7323 Telegraph Road
Alexandria, VA 22315
A. DGPS Maintenance Schedules
Differential GPS maintenance schedules are not available.
B. GPS Maintenance Schedules
The Global Positioning System has no scheduled maintenance that affects the availability of
the system.
Page 601
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014
UNS-1Lw Flight Management System SCN 1001/1101 Installation Manual
Page 701
The information contained herein is subject to the Export Administration Regulation
(“EAR”), 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
34-60-70 8 July 2014